master
1#ifndef __LINUX_NL80211_H
2#define __LINUX_NL80211_H
3/*
4 * 802.11 netlink interface public header
5 *
6 * Copyright 2006-2010 Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
7 * Copyright 2008 Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net>
8 * Copyright 2008 Luis Carlos Cobo <luisca@cozybit.com>
9 * Copyright 2008 Michael Buesch <m@bues.ch>
10 * Copyright 2008, 2009 Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
11 * Copyright 2008 Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
12 * Copyright 2008 Colin McCabe <colin@cozybit.com>
13 * Copyright 2015-2017 Intel Deutschland GmbH
14 * Copyright (C) 2018-2025 Intel Corporation
15 *
16 * Permission to use, copy, modify, and/or distribute this software for any
17 * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
18 * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
19 *
20 * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
21 * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
22 * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
23 * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
24 * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
25 * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
26 * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
27 *
28 */
29
30/*
31 * This header file defines the userspace API to the wireless stack. Please
32 * be careful not to break things - i.e. don't move anything around or so
33 * unless you can demonstrate that it breaks neither API nor ABI.
34 *
35 * Additions to the API should be accompanied by actual implementations in
36 * an upstream driver, so that example implementations exist in case there
37 * are ever concerns about the precise semantics of the API or changes are
38 * needed, and to ensure that code for dead (no longer implemented) API
39 * can actually be identified and removed.
40 * Nonetheless, semantics should also be documented carefully in this file.
41 */
42
43#include <linux/types.h>
44
45#define NL80211_GENL_NAME "nl80211"
46
47#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_CONFIG "config"
48#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_SCAN "scan"
49#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_REG "regulatory"
50#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_MLME "mlme"
51#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_VENDOR "vendor"
52#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_NAN "nan"
53#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_TESTMODE "testmode"
54
55#define NL80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_MIN 4
56#define NL80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_MAX 15
57#define NL80211_EDMG_CHANNELS_MIN 1
58#define NL80211_EDMG_CHANNELS_MAX 0x3c /* 0b00111100 */
59
60/**
61 * DOC: Station handling
62 *
63 * Stations are added per interface, but a special case exists with VLAN
64 * interfaces. When a station is bound to an AP interface, it may be moved
65 * into a VLAN identified by a VLAN interface index (%NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN).
66 * The station is still assumed to belong to the AP interface it was added
67 * to.
68 *
69 * Station handling varies per interface type and depending on the driver's
70 * capabilities.
71 *
72 * For drivers supporting TDLS with external setup (WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS
73 * and WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP), the station lifetime is as follows:
74 * - a setup station entry is added, not yet authorized, without any rate
75 * or capability information; this just exists to avoid race conditions
76 * - when the TDLS setup is done, a single NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION is valid
77 * to add rate and capability information to the station and at the same
78 * time mark it authorized.
79 * - %NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK is then used
80 * - after this, the only valid operation is to remove it by tearing down
81 * the TDLS link (%NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK)
82 *
83 * TODO: need more info for other interface types
84 */
85
86/**
87 * DOC: Frame transmission/registration support
88 *
89 * Frame transmission and registration support exists to allow userspace
90 * management entities such as wpa_supplicant to react to management frames
91 * that are not being handled by the kernel. This includes, for example,
92 * certain classes of action frames that cannot be handled in the kernel
93 * for various reasons.
94 *
95 * Frame registration is done on a per-interface basis and registrations
96 * cannot be removed other than by closing the socket. It is possible to
97 * specify a registration filter to register, for example, only for a
98 * certain type of action frame. In particular with action frames, those
99 * that userspace registers for will not be returned as unhandled by the
100 * driver, so that the registered application has to take responsibility
101 * for doing that.
102 *
103 * The type of frame that can be registered for is also dependent on the
104 * driver and interface type. The frame types are advertised in wiphy
105 * attributes so applications know what to expect.
106 *
107 * NOTE: When an interface changes type while registrations are active,
108 * these registrations are ignored until the interface type is
109 * changed again. This means that changing the interface type can
110 * lead to a situation that couldn't otherwise be produced, but
111 * any such registrations will be dormant in the sense that they
112 * will not be serviced, i.e. they will not receive any frames.
113 *
114 * Frame transmission allows userspace to send for example the required
115 * responses to action frames. It is subject to some sanity checking,
116 * but many frames can be transmitted. When a frame is transmitted, its
117 * status is indicated to the sending socket.
118 *
119 * For more technical details, see the corresponding command descriptions
120 * below.
121 */
122
123/**
124 * DOC: Virtual interface / concurrency capabilities
125 *
126 * Some devices are able to operate with virtual MACs; they can have
127 * more than one virtual interface. The capability handling for this
128 * is a bit complex though, as there may be a number of restrictions
129 * on the types of concurrency that are supported.
130 *
131 * To start with, each device supports the interface types listed in
132 * the %NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES attribute, but by listing the
133 * types there no concurrency is implied.
134 *
135 * Once concurrency is desired, more attributes must be observed:
136 * To start with, since some interface types are purely managed in
137 * software, like the AP-VLAN type in mac80211 for example, there's
138 * an additional list of these; they can be added at any time and
139 * are only restricted by some semantic restrictions (e.g. AP-VLAN
140 * cannot be added without a corresponding AP interface). This list
141 * is exported in the %NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES attribute.
142 *
143 * Further, the list of supported combinations is exported. This is
144 * in the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute. Basically,
145 * it exports a list of "groups", and at any point in time the
146 * interfaces that are currently active must fall into any one of
147 * the advertised groups. Within each group, there are restrictions
148 * on the number of interfaces of different types that are supported
149 * and also the number of different channels, along with potentially
150 * some other restrictions. See &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs.
151 *
152 * All together, these attributes define the concurrency of virtual
153 * interfaces that a given device supports.
154 */
155
156/**
157 * DOC: packet coalesce support
158 *
159 * In most cases, host that receives IPv4 and IPv6 multicast/broadcast
160 * packets does not do anything with these packets. Therefore the
161 * reception of these unwanted packets causes unnecessary processing
162 * and power consumption.
163 *
164 * Packet coalesce feature helps to reduce number of received interrupts
165 * to host by buffering these packets in firmware/hardware for some
166 * predefined time. Received interrupt will be generated when one of the
167 * following events occurs.
168 * a) Expiration of hardware timer whose expiration time is set to maximum
169 * coalescing delay of matching coalesce rule.
170 * b) Coalescing buffer in hardware reaches its limit.
171 * c) Packet doesn't match any of the configured coalesce rules.
172 *
173 * User needs to configure following parameters for creating a coalesce
174 * rule.
175 * a) Maximum coalescing delay
176 * b) List of packet patterns which needs to be matched
177 * c) Condition for coalescence: pattern 'match' or 'no match'
178 * Multiple such rules can be created.
179 */
180
181/**
182 * DOC: WPA/WPA2 EAPOL handshake offload
183 *
184 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK flag drivers
185 * can indicate they support offloading EAPOL handshakes for WPA/WPA2
186 * preshared key authentication in station mode. In %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
187 * the preshared key should be specified using %NL80211_ATTR_PMK. Drivers
188 * supporting this offload may reject the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT when no
189 * preshared key material is provided, for example when that driver does
190 * not support setting the temporal keys through %NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY.
191 *
192 * Similarly @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X flag can be
193 * set by drivers indicating offload support of the PTK/GTK EAPOL
194 * handshakes during 802.1X authentication in station mode. In order to
195 * use the offload the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT should have
196 * %NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS attribute flag. Drivers supporting this
197 * offload may reject the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT when the attribute flag is
198 * not present.
199 *
200 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_AP_PSK flag drivers
201 * can indicate they support offloading EAPOL handshakes for WPA/WPA2
202 * preshared key authentication in AP mode. In %NL80211_CMD_START_AP
203 * the preshared key should be specified using %NL80211_ATTR_PMK. Drivers
204 * supporting this offload may reject the %NL80211_CMD_START_AP when no
205 * preshared key material is provided, for example when that driver does
206 * not support setting the temporal keys through %NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY.
207 *
208 * For 802.1X the PMK or PMK-R0 are set by providing %NL80211_ATTR_PMK
209 * using %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK. For offloaded FT support also
210 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME must be provided.
211 */
212
213/**
214 * DOC: FILS shared key authentication offload
215 *
216 * FILS shared key authentication offload can be advertised by drivers by
217 * setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD flag. The drivers that support
218 * FILS shared key authentication offload should be able to construct the
219 * authentication and association frames for FILS shared key authentication and
220 * eventually do a key derivation as per IEEE 802.11ai. The below additional
221 * parameters should be given to driver in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and/or in
222 * %NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS.
223 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME - used to construct keyname_nai
224 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM - used to construct keyname_nai
225 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM - used to construct erp message
226 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK - used to generate the rIK and rMSK
227 * rIK should be used to generate an authentication tag on the ERP message and
228 * rMSK should be used to derive a PMKSA.
229 * rIK, rMSK should be generated and keyname_nai, sequence number should be used
230 * as specified in IETF RFC 6696.
231 *
232 * When FILS shared key authentication is completed, driver needs to provide the
233 * below additional parameters to userspace, which can be either after setting
234 * up a connection or after roaming.
235 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK - used for key renewal
236 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM - used in further EAP-RP exchanges
237 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID - used to identify the PMKSA used/generated
238 * %Nl80211_ATTR_PMK - used to update PMKSA cache in userspace
239 * The PMKSA can be maintained in userspace persistently so that it can be used
240 * later after reboots or wifi turn off/on also.
241 *
242 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID is the cache identifier advertised by a FILS
243 * capable AP supporting PMK caching. It specifies the scope within which the
244 * PMKSAs are cached in an ESS. %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA and
245 * %NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA are enhanced to allow support for PMKSA caching based
246 * on FILS cache identifier. Additionally %NL80211_ATTR_PMK is used with
247 * %NL80211_SET_PMKSA to specify the PMK corresponding to a PMKSA for driver to
248 * use in a FILS shared key connection with PMKSA caching.
249 */
250
251/**
252 * DOC: SAE authentication offload
253 *
254 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD flag drivers can indicate they
255 * support offloading SAE authentication for WPA3-Personal networks in station
256 * mode. Similarly @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD_AP flag can be set by
257 * drivers indicating the offload support in AP mode.
258 *
259 * The password for SAE should be specified using %NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD in
260 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and %NL80211_CMD_START_AP for station and AP mode
261 * respectively.
262 */
263
264/**
265 * DOC: VLAN offload support for setting group keys and binding STAs to VLANs
266 *
267 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VLAN_OFFLOAD flag drivers can indicate they
268 * support offloading VLAN functionality in a manner where the driver exposes a
269 * single netdev that uses VLAN tagged frames and separate VLAN-specific netdevs
270 * can then be added using RTM_NEWLINK/IFLA_VLAN_ID similarly to the Ethernet
271 * case. Frames received from stations that are not assigned to any VLAN are
272 * delivered on the main netdev and frames to such stations can be sent through
273 * that main netdev.
274 *
275 * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY (for group keys), %NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION, and
276 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION will optionally specify vlan_id using
277 * %NL80211_ATTR_VLAN_ID.
278 */
279
280/**
281 * DOC: TID configuration
282 *
283 * TID config support can be checked in the %NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG
284 * attribute given in wiphy capabilities.
285 *
286 * The necessary configuration parameters are mentioned in
287 * &enum nl80211_tid_config_attr and it will be passed to the
288 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG command in %NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG.
289 *
290 * If the configuration needs to be applied for specific peer then the MAC
291 * address of the peer needs to be passed in %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, otherwise the
292 * configuration will be applied for all the connected peers in the vif except
293 * any peers that have peer-specific configuration for the TID by default; if
294 * the %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE flag is set, peer-specific values
295 * will be overwritten.
296 *
297 * All this configuration is valid only for STA's current connection,
298 * i.e., the configuration will be reset to default when the STA connects back
299 * after disconnection/roaming, and this configuration will be cleared when
300 * the interface goes down.
301 */
302
303/**
304 * DOC: FILS shared key crypto offload
305 *
306 * This feature is applicable to drivers running in AP mode.
307 *
308 * FILS shared key crypto offload can be advertised by drivers by setting
309 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_CRYPTO_OFFLOAD flag. The drivers that support
310 * FILS shared key crypto offload should be able to encrypt and decrypt
311 * association frames for FILS shared key authentication as per IEEE 802.11ai.
312 * With this capability, for FILS key derivation, drivers depend on userspace.
313 *
314 * After FILS key derivation, userspace shares the FILS AAD details with the
315 * driver and the driver stores the same to use in decryption of association
316 * request and in encryption of association response. The below parameters
317 * should be given to the driver in %NL80211_CMD_SET_FILS_AAD.
318 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC - STA MAC address, used for storing FILS AAD per STA
319 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK - Used for encryption or decryption
320 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES - Used for encryption or decryption
321 * (STA Nonce 16 bytes followed by AP Nonce 16 bytes)
322 *
323 * Once the association is done, the driver cleans the FILS AAD data.
324 */
325
326/**
327 * DOC: Multi-Link Operation
328 *
329 * In Multi-Link Operation, a connection between two MLDs utilizes multiple
330 * links. To use this in nl80211, various commands and responses now need
331 * to or will include the new %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINKS attribute.
332 * Additionally, various commands that need to operate on a specific link
333 * now need to be given the %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID attribute, e.g. to
334 * use %NL80211_CMD_START_AP or similar functions.
335 */
336
337/**
338 * DOC: OWE DH IE handling offload
339 *
340 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OWE_OFFLOAD flag, drivers can indicate
341 * kernel/application space to avoid DH IE handling. When this flag is
342 * advertised, the driver/device will take care of DH IE inclusion and
343 * processing of peer DH IE to generate PMK.
344 */
345
346/**
347 * enum nl80211_commands - supported nl80211 commands
348 *
349 * @NL80211_CMD_UNSPEC: unspecified command to catch errors
350 *
351 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY: request information about a wiphy or dump request
352 * to get a list of all present wiphys.
353 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY: set wiphy parameters, needs %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or
354 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX; can be used to set %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME,
355 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ,
356 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET (and the attributes determining the
357 * channel width; this is used for setting monitor mode channel),
358 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG,
359 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD, and/or
360 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD. However, for setting the channel,
361 * see %NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL instead, the support here is for backward
362 * compatibility only.
363 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY: Newly created wiphy, response to get request
364 * or rename notification. Has attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and
365 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME.
366 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_WIPHY: Wiphy deleted. Has attributes
367 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME.
368 *
369 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE: Request an interface's configuration;
370 * either a dump request for all interfaces or a specific get with a
371 * single %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is supported.
372 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE: Set type of a virtual interface, requires
373 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE.
374 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE: Newly created virtual interface or response
375 * to %NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE. Has %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX,
376 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE attributes. Can also
377 * be sent from userspace to request creation of a new virtual interface,
378 * then requires attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE and
379 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME.
380 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE: Virtual interface was deleted, has attributes
381 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY. Can also be sent from
382 * userspace to request deletion of a virtual interface, then requires
383 * attribute %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. If multiple BSSID advertisements are
384 * enabled using %NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_CONFIG, %NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_ELEMS,
385 * and if this command is used for the transmitting interface, then all
386 * the non-transmitting interfaces are deleted as well.
387 *
388 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_KEY: Get sequence counter information for a key specified
389 * by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX and/or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
390 * represents peer's MLD address for MLO pairwise key. For MLO group key,
391 * the link is identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID.
392 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY: Set key attributes %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT,
393 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT, or %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_THRESHOLD.
394 * For MLO connection, the link to set default key is identified by
395 * %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID.
396 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY: add a key with given %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA,
397 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER,
398 * and %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ attributes. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC represents
399 * peer's MLD address for MLO pairwise key. The link to add MLO
400 * group key is identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID.
401 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY: delete a key identified by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX
402 * or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC represents peer's MLD address
403 * for MLO pairwise key. The link to delete group key is identified by
404 * %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID.
405 *
406 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON: (not used)
407 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON: change the beacon on an access point interface
408 * using the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD and %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL
409 * attributes. For drivers that generate the beacon and probe responses
410 * internally, the following attributes must be provided: %NL80211_ATTR_IE,
411 * %NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP and %NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP.
412 * @NL80211_CMD_START_AP: Start AP operation on an AP interface, parameters
413 * are like for %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON, and additionally parameters that
414 * do not change are used, these include %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL,
415 * %NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD, %NL80211_ATTR_SSID,
416 * %NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID, %NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE,
417 * %NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP, %NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS,
418 * %NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES, %NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY,
419 * %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT,
420 * %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS.
421 * The channel to use can be set on the interface or be given using the
422 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET, and the
423 * attributes determining channel width.
424 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_START_AP
425 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP: Stop AP operation on the given interface
426 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP
427 *
428 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION: Get station attributes for station identified by
429 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
430 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION: Set station attributes for station identified by
431 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
432 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION: Add a station with given attributes to the
433 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
434 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION: Remove a station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
435 * or, if no MAC address given, all stations, on the interface identified
436 * by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. For MLD station, MLD address is used in
437 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE and
438 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE can optionally be used to specify which type
439 * of disconnection indication should be sent to the station
440 * (Deauthentication or Disassociation frame and reason code for that
441 * frame). %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID can be used optionally to remove
442 * stations connected and using at least that link as one of its links.
443 *
444 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH: Get mesh path attributes for mesh path to
445 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by
446 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
447 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH: Set mesh path attributes for mesh path to
448 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by
449 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
450 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH: Create a new mesh path for the destination given by
451 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC via %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP.
452 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH: Delete a mesh path to the destination given by
453 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC.
454 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS: Set BSS attributes for BSS identified by
455 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
456 *
457 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_REG: ask the wireless core to send us its currently set
458 * regulatory domain. If %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY is specified and the device
459 * has a private regulatory domain, it will be returned. Otherwise, the
460 * global regdomain will be returned.
461 * A device will have a private regulatory domain if it uses the
462 * regulatory_hint() API. Even when a private regdomain is used the channel
463 * information will still be mended according to further hints from
464 * the regulatory core to help with compliance. A dump version of this API
465 * is now available which will returns the global regdomain as well as
466 * all private regdomains of present wiphys (for those that have it).
467 * If a wiphy is self-managed (%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG), then
468 * its private regdomain is the only valid one for it. The regulatory
469 * core is not used to help with compliance in this case.
470 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_REG: Set current regulatory domain. CRDA sends this command
471 * after being queried by the kernel. CRDA replies by sending a regulatory
472 * domain structure which consists of %NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA set to our
473 * current alpha2 if it found a match. It also provides
474 * NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS, and a set of regulatory rules. Each
475 * regulatory rule is a nested set of attributes given by
476 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FREQ_[START|END] and
477 * %NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW with an attached power rule given by
478 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_ANT_GAIN and
479 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_EIRP.
480 * @NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG: ask the wireless core to set the regulatory domain
481 * to the specified ISO/IEC 3166-1 alpha2 country code. The core will
482 * store this as a valid request and then query userspace for it.
483 *
484 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG: Get mesh networking properties for the
485 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX
486 *
487 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG: Set mesh networking properties for the
488 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX
489 *
490 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE: Set extra IEs for management frames. The
491 * interface is identified with %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and the management
492 * frame subtype with %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE. The extra IE data to be
493 * added to the end of the specified management frame is specified with
494 * %NL80211_ATTR_IE. If the command succeeds, the requested data will be
495 * added to all specified management frames generated by
496 * kernel/firmware/driver.
497 * Note: This command has been removed and it is only reserved at this
498 * point to avoid re-using existing command number. The functionality this
499 * command was planned for has been provided with cleaner design with the
500 * option to specify additional IEs in NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN,
501 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE,
502 * NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE, and NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE.
503 *
504 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN: get scan results
505 * @NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN: trigger a new scan with the given parameters
506 * %NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the
507 * probe requests at CCK rate or not. %NL80211_ATTR_BSSID can be used to
508 * specify a BSSID to scan for; if not included, the wildcard BSSID will
509 * be used.
510 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS: scan notification (as a reply to
511 * NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN and on the "scan" multicast group)
512 * @NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED: scan was aborted, for unspecified reasons,
513 * partial scan results may be available
514 *
515 * @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN: start a scheduled scan at certain
516 * intervals and certain number of cycles, as specified by
517 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS. If %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS is
518 * not specified and only %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL is specified,
519 * scheduled scan will run in an infinite loop with the specified interval.
520 * These attributes are mutually exclusive,
521 * i.e. NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL must not be passed if
522 * NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS is defined.
523 * If for some reason scheduled scan is aborted by the driver, all scan
524 * plans are canceled (including scan plans that did not start yet).
525 * Like with normal scans, if SSIDs (%NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS)
526 * are passed, they are used in the probe requests. For
527 * broadcast, a broadcast SSID must be passed (ie. an empty
528 * string). If no SSID is passed, no probe requests are sent and
529 * a passive scan is performed. %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES,
530 * if passed, define which channels should be scanned; if not
531 * passed, all channels allowed for the current regulatory domain
532 * are used. Extra IEs can also be passed from the userspace by
533 * using the %NL80211_ATTR_IE attribute. The first cycle of the
534 * scheduled scan can be delayed by %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY
535 * is supplied. If the device supports multiple concurrent scheduled
536 * scans, it will allow such when the caller provides the flag attribute
537 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI to indicate user-space support for it.
538 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN: stop a scheduled scan. Returns -ENOENT if
539 * scheduled scan is not running. The caller may assume that as soon
540 * as the call returns, it is safe to start a new scheduled scan again.
541 * @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS: indicates that there are scheduled scan
542 * results available.
543 * @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED: indicates that the scheduled scan has
544 * stopped. The driver may issue this event at any time during a
545 * scheduled scan. One reason for stopping the scan is if the hardware
546 * does not support starting an association or a normal scan while running
547 * a scheduled scan. This event is also sent when the
548 * %NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN command is received or when the interface
549 * is brought down while a scheduled scan was running.
550 *
551 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY: get survey results, e.g. channel occupation
552 * or noise level
553 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS: survey data notification (as a reply to
554 * NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY and on the "scan" multicast group)
555 *
556 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA: Add a PMKSA cache entry using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
557 * (for the BSSID), %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, and optionally %NL80211_ATTR_PMK
558 * (PMK is used for PTKSA derivation in case of FILS shared key offload) or
559 * using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID, %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID,
560 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, and %NL80211_ATTR_PMK in case of FILS
561 * authentication where %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID is the identifier
562 * advertised by a FILS capable AP identifying the scope of PMKSA in an
563 * ESS.
564 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA: Delete a PMKSA cache entry, using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
565 * (for the BSSID) and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID or using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID,
566 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID, and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID in case of FILS
567 * authentication. Additionally in case of SAE offload and OWE offloads
568 * PMKSA entry can be deleted using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID.
569 * @NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA: Flush all PMKSA cache entries.
570 *
571 * @NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE: indicates to userspace the regulatory domain
572 * has been changed and provides details of the request information
573 * that caused the change such as who initiated the regulatory request
574 * (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR), the wiphy_idx
575 * (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2) on which the request was made from if
576 * the initiator was %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE or
577 * %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER, the type of regulatory domain
578 * set (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE), if the type of regulatory domain is
579 * %NL80211_REG_TYPE_COUNTRY the alpha2 to which we have moved on
580 * to (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2).
581 * @NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT: indicates to userspace that an AP beacon
582 * has been found while world roaming thus enabling active scan or
583 * any mode of operation that initiates TX (beacons) on a channel
584 * where we would not have been able to do either before. As an example
585 * if you are world roaming (regulatory domain set to world or if your
586 * driver is using a custom world roaming regulatory domain) and while
587 * doing a passive scan on the 5 GHz band you find an AP there (if not
588 * on a DFS channel) you will now be able to actively scan for that AP
589 * or use AP mode on your card on that same channel. Note that this will
590 * never be used for channels 1-11 on the 2 GHz band as they are always
591 * enabled world wide. This beacon hint is only sent if your device had
592 * either disabled active scanning or beaconing on a channel. We send to
593 * userspace the wiphy on which we removed a restriction from
594 * (%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY) and the channel on which this occurred
595 * before (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE) and after (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER)
596 * the beacon hint was processed.
597 *
598 * @NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE: authentication request and notification.
599 * This command is used both as a command (request to authenticate) and
600 * as an event on the "mlme" multicast group indicating completion of the
601 * authentication process.
602 * When used as a command, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to identify the
603 * interface. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is used to specify PeerSTAAddress (and
604 * BSSID in case of station mode). %NL80211_ATTR_SSID is used to specify
605 * the SSID (mainly for association, but is included in authentication
606 * request, too, to help BSS selection. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ +
607 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET is used to specify the frequency of the
608 * channel in MHz. %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE is used to specify the
609 * authentication type. %NL80211_ATTR_IE is used to define IEs
610 * (VendorSpecificInfo, but also including RSN IE and FT IEs) to be added
611 * to the frame.
612 * When used as an event, this reports reception of an Authentication
613 * frame in station and IBSS modes when the local MLME processed the
614 * frame, i.e., it was for the local STA and was received in correct
615 * state. This is similar to MLME-AUTHENTICATE.confirm primitive in the
616 * MLME SAP interface (kernel providing MLME, userspace SME). The
617 * included %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute contains the management frame
618 * (including both the header and frame body, but not FCS). This event is
619 * also used to indicate if the authentication attempt timed out. In that
620 * case the %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute is replaced with a
621 * %NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT flag (and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to indicate which
622 * pending authentication timed out).
623 * @NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE: association request and notification; like
624 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Association and Reassociation
625 * (similar to MLME-ASSOCIATE.request, MLME-REASSOCIATE.request,
626 * MLME-ASSOCIATE.confirm or MLME-REASSOCIATE.confirm primitives). The
627 * %NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID attribute is used to specify whether the
628 * request is for the initial association to an ESS (that attribute not
629 * included) or for reassociation within the ESS (that attribute is
630 * included).
631 * @NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE: deauthentication request and notification; like
632 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Deauthentication frames (similar to
633 * MLME-DEAUTHENTICATION.request and MLME-DEAUTHENTICATE.indication
634 * primitives).
635 * @NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE: disassociation request and notification; like
636 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Disassociation frames (similar to
637 * MLME-DISASSOCIATE.request and MLME-DISASSOCIATE.indication primitives).
638 *
639 * @NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE: notification of a locally detected Michael
640 * MIC (part of TKIP) failure; sent on the "mlme" multicast group; the
641 * event includes %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to describe the source MAC address of
642 * the frame with invalid MIC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE to show the key
643 * type, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX to indicate the key identifier, and
644 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ to indicate the TSC value of the frame; this
645 * event matches with MLME-MICHAELMICFAILURE.indication() primitive
646 *
647 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS: Join a new IBSS -- given at least an SSID and a
648 * FREQ attribute (for the initial frequency if no peer can be found)
649 * and optionally a MAC (as BSSID) and FREQ_FIXED attribute if those
650 * should be fixed rather than automatically determined. Can only be
651 * executed on a network interface that is UP, and fixed BSSID/FREQ
652 * may be rejected. Another optional parameter is the beacon interval,
653 * given in the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL attribute, which if not
654 * given defaults to 100 TU (102.4ms).
655 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS: Leave the IBSS -- no special arguments, the IBSS is
656 * determined by the network interface.
657 *
658 * @NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE: testmode command, takes a wiphy (or ifindex) attribute
659 * to identify the device, and the TESTDATA blob attribute to pass through
660 * to the driver.
661 *
662 * @NL80211_CMD_CONNECT: connection request and notification; this command
663 * requests to connect to a specified network but without separating
664 * auth and assoc steps. For this, you need to specify the SSID in a
665 * %NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute, and can optionally specify the association
666 * IEs in %NL80211_ATTR_IE, %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE,
667 * %NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ,
668 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET, %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT,
669 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE,
670 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT,
671 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT, and
672 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT.
673 * If included, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ are
674 * restrictions on BSS selection, i.e., they effectively prevent roaming
675 * within the ESS. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT
676 * can be included to provide a recommendation of the initial BSS while
677 * allowing the driver to roam to other BSSes within the ESS and also to
678 * ignore this recommendation if the indicated BSS is not ideal. Only one
679 * set of BSSID,frequency parameters is used (i.e., either the enforcing
680 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC,%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ or the less strict
681 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT).
682 * Driver shall not modify the IEs specified through %NL80211_ATTR_IE if
683 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is included. However, if %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT is
684 * included, these IEs through %NL80211_ATTR_IE are specified by the user
685 * space based on the best possible BSS selected. Thus, if the driver ends
686 * up selecting a different BSS, it can modify these IEs accordingly (e.g.
687 * userspace asks the driver to perform PMKSA caching with BSS1 and the
688 * driver ends up selecting BSS2 with different PMKSA cache entry; RSNIE
689 * has to get updated with the apt PMKID).
690 * %NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID can be used to request a reassociation within
691 * the ESS in case the device is already associated and an association with
692 * a different BSS is desired.
693 * Background scan period can optionally be
694 * specified in %NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD,
695 * if not specified default background scan configuration
696 * in driver is used and if period value is 0, bg scan will be disabled.
697 * This attribute is ignored if driver does not support roam scan.
698 * It is also sent as an event, with the BSSID and response IEs when the
699 * connection is established or failed to be established. This can be
700 * determined by the %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE attribute (0 = success,
701 * non-zero = failure). If %NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT is included in the
702 * event, the connection attempt failed due to not being able to initiate
703 * authentication/association or not receiving a response from the AP.
704 * Non-zero %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE value is indicated in that case as
705 * well to remain backwards compatible.
706 * @NL80211_CMD_ROAM: Notification indicating the card/driver roamed by itself.
707 * When a security association was established on an 802.1X network using
708 * fast transition, this event should be followed by an
709 * %NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED event.
710 * Following a %NL80211_CMD_ROAM event userspace can issue
711 * %NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN in order to obtain the scan information for the
712 * new BSS the card/driver roamed to.
713 * @NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT: drop a given connection; also used to notify
714 * userspace that a connection was dropped by the AP or due to other
715 * reasons, for this the %NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP and
716 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE attributes are used.
717 *
718 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS: Set a wiphy's netns. Note that all devices
719 * associated with this wiphy must be down and will follow.
720 *
721 * @NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: Request to remain awake on the specified
722 * channel for the specified amount of time. This can be used to do
723 * off-channel operations like transmit a Public Action frame and wait for
724 * a response while being associated to an AP on another channel.
725 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify which interface (and thus
726 * radio) is used. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used to specify the
727 * frequency for the operation.
728 * %NL80211_ATTR_DURATION is used to specify the duration in milliseconds
729 * to remain on the channel. This command is also used as an event to
730 * notify when the requested duration starts (it may take a while for the
731 * driver to schedule this time due to other concurrent needs for the
732 * radio).
733 * When called, this operation returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE)
734 * that will be included with any events pertaining to this request;
735 * the cookie is also used to cancel the request.
736 * @NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: This command can be used to cancel a
737 * pending remain-on-channel duration if the desired operation has been
738 * completed prior to expiration of the originally requested duration.
739 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the
740 * radio. The %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE attribute must be given as well to
741 * uniquely identify the request.
742 * This command is also used as an event to notify when a requested
743 * remain-on-channel duration has expired.
744 *
745 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK: Set the mask of rates to be used in TX
746 * rate selection. %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the interface
747 * and @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES the set of allowed rates.
748 *
749 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME: Register for receiving certain mgmt frames
750 * (via @NL80211_CMD_FRAME) for processing in userspace. This command
751 * requires an interface index, a frame type attribute (optional for
752 * backward compatibility reasons, if not given assumes action frames)
753 * and a match attribute containing the first few bytes of the frame
754 * that should match, e.g. a single byte for only a category match or
755 * four bytes for vendor frames including the OUI. The registration
756 * cannot be dropped, but is removed automatically when the netlink
757 * socket is closed. Multiple registrations can be made.
758 * The %NL80211_ATTR_RECEIVE_MULTICAST flag attribute can be given if
759 * %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MULTICAST_REGISTRATIONS is available, in which
760 * case the registration can also be modified to include/exclude the
761 * flag, rather than requiring unregistration to change it.
762 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME for
763 * backward compatibility
764 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME: Management frame TX request and RX notification. This
765 * command is used both as a request to transmit a management frame and
766 * as an event indicating reception of a frame that was not processed in
767 * kernel code, but is for us (i.e., which may need to be processed in a
768 * user space application). %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the
769 * frame contents (including header). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used
770 * to indicate on which channel the frame is to be transmitted or was
771 * received. If this channel is not the current channel (remain-on-channel
772 * or the operational channel) the device will switch to the given channel
773 * and transmit the frame, optionally waiting for a response for the time
774 * specified using %NL80211_ATTR_DURATION. When called, this operation
775 * returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE) that will be included with the
776 * TX status event pertaining to the TX request.
777 * %NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the
778 * management frames at CCK rate or not in 2GHz band.
779 * %NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX is an array of offsets to CSA
780 * counters which will be updated to the current value. This attribute
781 * is used during CSA period.
782 * For TX on an MLD, the frequency can be omitted and the link ID be
783 * specified, or if transmitting to a known peer MLD (with MLD addresses
784 * in the frame) both can be omitted and the link will be selected by
785 * lower layers.
786 * For RX notification, %NL80211_ATTR_RX_HW_TIMESTAMP may be included to
787 * indicate the frame RX timestamp and %NL80211_ATTR_TX_HW_TIMESTAMP may
788 * be included to indicate the ack TX timestamp.
789 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL: When an off-channel TX was requested, this
790 * command may be used with the corresponding cookie to cancel the wait
791 * time if it is known that it is no longer necessary. This command is
792 * also sent as an event whenever the driver has completed the off-channel
793 * wait time.
794 * @NL80211_CMD_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME for backward compatibility.
795 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS: Report TX status of a management frame
796 * transmitted with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME. %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE identifies
797 * the TX command and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME includes the contents of the
798 * frame. %NL80211_ATTR_ACK flag is included if the recipient acknowledged
799 * the frame. %NL80211_ATTR_TX_HW_TIMESTAMP may be included to indicate the
800 * tx timestamp and %NL80211_ATTR_RX_HW_TIMESTAMP may be included to
801 * indicate the ack RX timestamp.
802 * @NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS for
803 * backward compatibility.
804 *
805 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE: Set powersave, using %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE
806 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE: Get powersave status in %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE
807 *
808 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM: Connection quality monitor configuration. This command
809 * is used to configure connection quality monitoring notification trigger
810 * levels.
811 * @NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM: Connection quality monitor notification. This
812 * command is used as an event to indicate the that a trigger level was
813 * reached.
814 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL: Set the channel (using %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
815 * and the attributes determining channel width) the given interface
816 * (identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX) shall operate on.
817 * In case multiple channels are supported by the device, the mechanism
818 * with which it switches channels is implementation-defined.
819 * When a monitor interface is given, it can only switch channel while
820 * no other interfaces are operating to avoid disturbing the operation
821 * of any other interfaces, and other interfaces will again take
822 * precedence when they are used.
823 *
824 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER: Set the MAC address of the peer on a WDS interface
825 * (no longer supported).
826 *
827 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST: Configure if this AP should perform
828 * multicast to unicast conversion. When enabled, all multicast packets
829 * with ethertype ARP, IPv4 or IPv6 (possibly within an 802.1Q header)
830 * will be sent out to each station once with the destination (multicast)
831 * MAC address replaced by the station's MAC address. Note that this may
832 * break certain expectations of the receiver, e.g. the ability to drop
833 * unicast IP packets encapsulated in multicast L2 frames, or the ability
834 * to not send destination unreachable messages in such cases.
835 * This can only be toggled per BSS. Configure this on an interface of
836 * type %NL80211_IFTYPE_AP. It applies to all its VLAN interfaces
837 * (%NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN), except for those in 4addr (WDS) mode.
838 * If %NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED is not present with this
839 * command, the feature is disabled.
840 *
841 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH: Join a mesh. The mesh ID must be given, and initial
842 * mesh config parameters may be given.
843 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH: Leave the mesh network -- no special arguments, the
844 * network is determined by the network interface.
845 *
846 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE: Unprotected deauthentication frame
847 * notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected
848 * deauthentication frame was dropped when MFP is in use.
849 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE: Unprotected disassociation frame
850 * notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected
851 * disassociation frame was dropped when MFP is in use.
852 *
853 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE: Notification on the reception of a
854 * beacon or probe response from a compatible mesh peer. This is only
855 * sent while no station information (sta_info) exists for the new peer
856 * candidate and when @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH,
857 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE, or
858 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM is set. On reception of this
859 * notification, userspace may decide to create a new station
860 * (@NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). To stop this notification from
861 * reoccurring, the userspace authentication daemon may want to create the
862 * new station with the AUTHENTICATED flag unset and maybe change it later
863 * depending on the authentication result.
864 *
865 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN: get Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings.
866 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN: set Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings.
867 * Since wireless is more complex than wired ethernet, it supports
868 * various triggers. These triggers can be configured through this
869 * command with the %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute. For
870 * more background information, see
871 * https://wireless.wiki.kernel.org/en/users/Documentation/WoWLAN.
872 * The @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN command can also be used as a notification
873 * from the driver reporting the wakeup reason. In this case, the
874 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute will contain the reason
875 * for the wakeup, if it was caused by wireless. If it is not present
876 * in the wakeup notification, the wireless device didn't cause the
877 * wakeup but reports that it was woken up.
878 *
879 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD: This command is used give the driver
880 * the necessary information for supporting GTK rekey offload. This
881 * feature is typically used during WoWLAN. The configuration data
882 * is contained in %NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA (which is nested and
883 * contains the data in sub-attributes). After rekeying happened,
884 * this command may also be sent by the driver as an MLME event to
885 * inform userspace of the new replay counter.
886 *
887 * @NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: This is used as an event to inform userspace
888 * of PMKSA caching candidates.
889 *
890 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER: Perform a high-level TDLS command (e.g. link setup).
891 * In addition, this can be used as an event to request userspace to take
892 * actions on TDLS links (set up a new link or tear down an existing one).
893 * In such events, %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION indicates the requested
894 * operation, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC contains the peer MAC address, and
895 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE the reason code to be used (only with
896 * %NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN).
897 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT: Send a TDLS management frame. The
898 * %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION attribute determines the type of frame to be
899 * sent. Public Action codes (802.11-2012 8.1.5.1) will be sent as
900 * 802.11 management frames, while TDLS action codes (802.11-2012
901 * 8.5.13.1) will be encapsulated and sent as data frames. The currently
902 * supported Public Action code is %WLAN_PUB_ACTION_TDLS_DISCOVER_RES
903 * and the currently supported TDLS actions codes are given in
904 * &enum ieee80211_tdls_actioncode.
905 *
906 * @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME: Used by an application controlling an AP
907 * (or GO) interface (i.e. hostapd) to ask for unexpected frames to
908 * implement sending deauth to stations that send unexpected class 3
909 * frames. Also used as the event sent by the kernel when such a frame
910 * is received.
911 * For the event, the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC attribute carries the TA and
912 * other attributes like the interface index are present.
913 * If used as the command it must have an interface index and you can
914 * only unsubscribe from the event by closing the socket. Subscription
915 * is also for %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME events.
916 *
917 * @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME: Sent as an event indicating that the
918 * associated station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC sent a 4addr frame
919 * and wasn't already in a 4-addr VLAN. The event will be sent similarly
920 * to the %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME event, to the same listener.
921 *
922 * @NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT: Probe an associated station on an AP interface
923 * by sending a null data frame to it and reporting when the frame is
924 * acknowledged. This is used to allow timing out inactive clients. Uses
925 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. The command returns a
926 * direct reply with an %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE that is later used to match
927 * up the event with the request. The event includes the same data and
928 * has %NL80211_ATTR_ACK set if the frame was ACKed.
929 *
930 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS: Register this socket to receive beacons from
931 * other BSSes when any interfaces are in AP mode. This helps implement
932 * OLBC handling in hostapd. Beacons are reported in %NL80211_CMD_FRAME
933 * messages. Note that per PHY only one application may register.
934 *
935 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP: sets a bitmap for the individual TIDs whether
936 * No Acknowledgement Policy should be applied.
937 *
938 * @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY: An AP or GO may decide to switch channels
939 * independently of the userspace SME, send this event indicating
940 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is now on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the
941 * attributes determining channel width. This indication may also be
942 * sent when a remotely-initiated switch (e.g., when a STA receives a CSA
943 * from the remote AP) is completed;
944 *
945 * @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY: Notify that a channel switch
946 * has been started on an interface, regardless of the initiator
947 * (ie. whether it was requested from a remote device or
948 * initiated on our own). It indicates that
949 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX will be on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
950 * after %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT TBTT's. The userspace may
951 * decide to react to this indication by requesting other
952 * interfaces to change channel as well.
953 *
954 * @NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE: Start the given P2P Device, identified by
955 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier. It must have been created with
956 * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE previously. After it has been started, the
957 * P2P Device can be used for P2P operations, e.g. remain-on-channel and
958 * public action frame TX.
959 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE: Stop the given P2P Device, identified by
960 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier.
961 *
962 * @NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED: connection request to an AP failed; used to
963 * notify userspace that AP has rejected the connection request from a
964 * station, due to particular reason. %NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON
965 * is used for this.
966 *
967 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE: Change the rate used to send multicast frames
968 * for IBSS or MESH vif.
969 *
970 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL: sets ACL for MAC address based access control.
971 * This is to be used with the drivers advertising the support of MAC
972 * address based access control. List of MAC addresses is passed in
973 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS and ACL policy is passed in
974 * %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY. Driver will enable ACL with this list, if it
975 * is not already done. The new list will replace any existing list. Driver
976 * will clear its ACL when the list of MAC addresses passed is empty. This
977 * command is used in AP/P2P GO mode. Driver has to make sure to clear its
978 * ACL list during %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP.
979 *
980 * @NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT: Start a Channel availability check (CAC). Once
981 * a radar is detected or the channel availability scan (CAC) has finished
982 * or was aborted, or a radar was detected, usermode will be notified with
983 * this event. This command is also used to notify userspace about radars
984 * while operating on this channel.
985 * %NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT is used to inform about the type of the
986 * event.
987 *
988 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: Get global nl80211 protocol features,
989 * i.e. features for the nl80211 protocol rather than device features.
990 * Returns the features in the %NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES bitmap.
991 *
992 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES: Pass down the most up-to-date Fast Transition
993 * Information Element to the WLAN driver
994 *
995 * @NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT: Send a Fast transition event from the WLAN driver
996 * to the supplicant. This will carry the target AP's MAC address along
997 * with the relevant Information Elements. This event is used to report
998 * received FT IEs (MDIE, FTIE, RSN IE, TIE, RICIE).
999 *
1000 * @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START: Indicates user-space will start running
1001 * a critical protocol that needs more reliability in the connection to
1002 * complete.
1003 *
1004 * @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP: Indicates the connection reliability can
1005 * return back to normal.
1006 *
1007 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE: Get currently supported coalesce rules.
1008 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE: Configure coalesce rules or clear existing rules.
1009 *
1010 * @NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Perform a channel switch by announcing the
1011 * new channel information (Channel Switch Announcement - CSA)
1012 * in the beacon for some time (as defined in the
1013 * %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT parameter) and then change to the
1014 * new channel. Userspace provides the new channel information (using
1015 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the attributes determining channel
1016 * width). %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX may be supplied to inform
1017 * other station that transmission must be blocked until the channel
1018 * switch is complete.
1019 *
1020 * @NL80211_CMD_VENDOR: Vendor-specified command/event. The command is specified
1021 * by the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID attribute and a sub-command in
1022 * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD. Parameter(s) can be transported in
1023 * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA.
1024 * For feature advertisement, the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA attribute is
1025 * used in the wiphy data as a nested attribute containing descriptions
1026 * (&struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info) of the supported vendor commands.
1027 * This may also be sent as an event with the same attributes.
1028 *
1029 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP: Set Interworking QoS mapping for IP DSCP values.
1030 * The QoS mapping information is included in %NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP. If
1031 * that attribute is not included, QoS mapping is disabled. Since this
1032 * QoS mapping is relevant for IP packets, it is only valid during an
1033 * association. This is cleared on disassociation and AP restart.
1034 *
1035 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS: Ask the kernel to add a traffic stream for the given
1036 * %NL80211_ATTR_TSID and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC with %NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO
1037 * and %NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME parameters.
1038 * Note that the action frame handshake with the AP shall be handled by
1039 * userspace via the normal management RX/TX framework, this only sets
1040 * up the TX TS in the driver/device.
1041 * If the admitted time attribute is not added then the request just checks
1042 * if a subsequent setup could be successful, the intent is to use this to
1043 * avoid setting up a session with the AP when local restrictions would
1044 * make that impossible. However, the subsequent "real" setup may still
1045 * fail even if the check was successful.
1046 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS: Remove an existing TS with the %NL80211_ATTR_TSID
1047 * and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameters. It isn't necessary to call this
1048 * before removing a station entry entirely, or before disassociating
1049 * or similar, cleanup will happen in the driver/device in this case.
1050 *
1051 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP: Get mesh path attributes for mesh proxy path to
1052 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by
1053 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
1054 *
1055 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB: Join the OCB network. The center frequency and
1056 * bandwidth of a channel must be given.
1057 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB: Leave the OCB network -- no special arguments, the
1058 * network is determined by the network interface.
1059 *
1060 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer,
1061 * identified by the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameter. A target channel is
1062 * provided via %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and other attributes determining
1063 * channel width/type. The target operating class is given via
1064 * %NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS.
1065 * The driver is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching
1066 * operations and returning to the base channel for communication with the
1067 * AP.
1068 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS
1069 * peer given by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. Both peers must be on the base channel
1070 * when this command completes.
1071 *
1072 * @NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE: Similar to %NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE, but used
1073 * as an event to indicate changes for devices with wiphy-specific regdom
1074 * management.
1075 *
1076 * @NL80211_CMD_ABORT_SCAN: Stop an ongoing scan. Returns -ENOENT if a scan is
1077 * not running. The driver indicates the status of the scan through
1078 * cfg80211_scan_done().
1079 *
1080 * @NL80211_CMD_START_NAN: Start NAN operation, identified by its
1081 * %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV interface. This interface must have been
1082 * previously created with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE. After it
1083 * has been started, the NAN interface will create or join a
1084 * cluster. This command must have a valid
1085 * %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF attribute and optional
1086 * %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS attributes. If %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS is
1087 * omitted or set to 0, it means don't-care and the device will
1088 * decide what to use. After this command NAN functions can be
1089 * added.
1090 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_NAN: Stop the NAN operation, identified by
1091 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV interface.
1092 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION: Add a NAN function. The function is defined
1093 * with %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC nested attribute. When called, this
1094 * operation returns the strictly positive and unique instance id
1095 * (%NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC_INST_ID) and a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE)
1096 * of the function upon success.
1097 * Since instance ID's can be re-used, this cookie is the right
1098 * way to identify the function. This will avoid races when a termination
1099 * event is handled by the user space after it has already added a new
1100 * function that got the same instance id from the kernel as the one
1101 * which just terminated.
1102 * This cookie may be used in NAN events even before the command
1103 * returns, so userspace shouldn't process NAN events until it processes
1104 * the response to this command.
1105 * Look at %NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER as well.
1106 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION: Delete a NAN function by cookie.
1107 * This command is also used as a notification sent when a NAN function is
1108 * terminated. This will contain a %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC_INST_ID
1109 * and %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE attributes.
1110 * @NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG: Change current NAN
1111 * configuration. NAN must be operational (%NL80211_CMD_START_NAN
1112 * was executed). It must contain at least one of the following
1113 * attributes: %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF,
1114 * %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS. If %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS is omitted, the
1115 * current configuration is not changed. If it is present but
1116 * set to zero, the configuration is changed to don't-care
1117 * (i.e. the device can decide what to do).
1118 * @NL80211_CMD_NAN_MATCH: Notification sent when a match is reported.
1119 * This will contain a %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH nested attribute and
1120 * %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE.
1121 *
1122 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS: Update one or more connect parameters
1123 * for subsequent roaming cases if the driver or firmware uses internal
1124 * BSS selection. This command can be issued only while connected and it
1125 * does not result in a change for the current association. Currently,
1126 * only the %NL80211_ATTR_IE data is used and updated with this command.
1127 *
1128 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK: For offloaded 4-Way handshake, set the PMK or PMK-R0
1129 * for the given authenticator address (specified with %NL80211_ATTR_MAC).
1130 * When %NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME is set, %NL80211_ATTR_PMK specifies the
1131 * PMK-R0, otherwise it specifies the PMK.
1132 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMK: For offloaded 4-Way handshake, delete the previously
1133 * configured PMK for the authenticator address identified by
1134 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC.
1135 * @NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED: An event that indicates port is authorized and
1136 * open for regular data traffic. For STA/P2P-client, this event is sent
1137 * with AP MAC address and for AP/P2P-GO, the event carries the STA/P2P-
1138 * client MAC address.
1139 * Drivers that support 4 way handshake offload should send this event for
1140 * STA/P2P-client after successful 4-way HS or after 802.1X FT following
1141 * NL80211_CMD_CONNECT or NL80211_CMD_ROAM. Drivers using AP/P2P-GO 4-way
1142 * handshake offload should send this event on successful completion of
1143 * 4-way handshake with the peer (STA/P2P-client).
1144 * @NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME: Control Port (e.g. PAE) frame TX request
1145 * and RX notification. This command is used both as a request to transmit
1146 * a control port frame and as a notification that a control port frame
1147 * has been received. %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the
1148 * frame contents. The frame is the raw EAPoL data, without ethernet or
1149 * 802.11 headers.
1150 * For an MLD transmitter, the %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID may be given and
1151 * its effect will depend on the destination: If the destination is known
1152 * to be an MLD, this will be used as a hint to select the link to transmit
1153 * the frame on. If the destination is not an MLD, this will select both
1154 * the link to transmit on and the source address will be set to the link
1155 * address of that link.
1156 * When used as an event indication %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE,
1157 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC are added
1158 * indicating the protocol type of the received frame; whether the frame
1159 * was received unencrypted and the MAC address of the peer respectively.
1160 *
1161 * @NL80211_CMD_RELOAD_REGDB: Request that the regdb firmware file is reloaded.
1162 *
1163 * @NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH: This interface is exclusively defined for host
1164 * drivers that do not define separate commands for authentication and
1165 * association, but rely on user space for the authentication to happen.
1166 * This interface acts both as the event request (driver to user space)
1167 * to trigger the authentication and command response (userspace to
1168 * driver) to indicate the authentication status.
1169 *
1170 * User space uses the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT command to the host driver to
1171 * trigger a connection. The host driver selects a BSS and further uses
1172 * this interface to offload only the authentication part to the user
1173 * space. Authentication frames are passed between the driver and user
1174 * space through the %NL80211_CMD_FRAME interface. Host driver proceeds
1175 * further with the association after getting successful authentication
1176 * status. User space indicates the authentication status through
1177 * %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE attribute in %NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH
1178 * command interface.
1179 *
1180 * Host driver sends MLD address of the AP with %NL80211_ATTR_MLD_ADDR in
1181 * %NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH event to indicate user space to enable MLO
1182 * during the authentication offload in STA mode while connecting to MLD
1183 * APs. Host driver should check %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_SUPPORT flag capability
1184 * in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to know whether the user space supports enabling
1185 * MLO during the authentication offload or not.
1186 * User space should enable MLO during the authentication only when it
1187 * receives the AP MLD address in authentication offload request. User
1188 * space shouldn't enable MLO when the authentication offload request
1189 * doesn't indicate the AP MLD address even if the AP is MLO capable.
1190 * User space should use %NL80211_ATTR_MLD_ADDR as peer's MLD address and
1191 * interface address identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX as self MLD
1192 * address. User space and host driver to use MLD addresses in RA, TA and
1193 * BSSID fields of the frames between them, and host driver translates the
1194 * MLD addresses to/from link addresses based on the link chosen for the
1195 * authentication.
1196 *
1197 * Host driver reports this status on an authentication failure to the
1198 * user space through the connect result as the user space would have
1199 * initiated the connection through the connect request.
1200 *
1201 * @NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED: An event that notify station's
1202 * ht opmode or vht opmode changes using any of %NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE,
1203 * %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH,%NL80211_ATTR_NSS attributes with its
1204 * address(specified in %NL80211_ATTR_MAC).
1205 *
1206 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS: Retrieve FTM responder statistics, in
1207 * the %NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS attribute.
1208 *
1209 * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_START: start a (set of) peer measurement(s)
1210 * with the given parameters, which are encapsulated in the nested
1211 * %NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS attribute. Optionally, MAC address
1212 * randomization may be enabled and configured by specifying the
1213 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK attributes.
1214 * If a timeout is requested, use the %NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT attribute.
1215 * A u64 cookie for further %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE use is returned in
1216 * the netlink extended ack message.
1217 *
1218 * To cancel a measurement, close the socket that requested it.
1219 *
1220 * Measurement results are reported to the socket that requested the
1221 * measurement using @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT when they
1222 * become available, so applications must ensure a large enough socket
1223 * buffer size.
1224 *
1225 * Depending on driver support it may or may not be possible to start
1226 * multiple concurrent measurements.
1227 * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT: This command number is used for the
1228 * result notification from the driver to the requesting socket.
1229 * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_COMPLETE: Notification only, indicating that
1230 * the measurement completed, using the measurement cookie
1231 * (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE).
1232 *
1233 * @NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_RADAR: Notify the kernel that a radar signal was
1234 * detected and reported by a neighboring device on the channel
1235 * indicated by %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and other attributes
1236 * determining the width and type.
1237 *
1238 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_OWE_INFO: This interface allows the host driver to
1239 * offload OWE processing to user space. This intends to support
1240 * OWE AKM by the host drivers that implement SME but rely
1241 * on the user space for the cryptographic/DH IE processing in AP mode.
1242 *
1243 * @NL80211_CMD_PROBE_MESH_LINK: The requirement for mesh link metric
1244 * refreshing, is that from one mesh point we be able to send some data
1245 * frames to other mesh points which are not currently selected as a
1246 * primary traffic path, but which are only 1 hop away. The absence of
1247 * the primary path to the chosen node makes it necessary to apply some
1248 * form of marking on a chosen packet stream so that the packets can be
1249 * properly steered to the selected node for testing, and not by the
1250 * regular mesh path lookup. Further, the packets must be of type data
1251 * so that the rate control (often embedded in firmware) is used for
1252 * rate selection.
1253 *
1254 * Here attribute %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is used to specify connected mesh
1255 * peer MAC address and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the frame
1256 * content. The frame is ethernet data.
1257 *
1258 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG: Data frame TID specific configuration
1259 * is passed using %NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG attribute.
1260 *
1261 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_BEACON: Unprotected or incorrectly protected Beacon
1262 * frame. This event is used to indicate that a received Beacon frame was
1263 * dropped because it did not include a valid MME MIC while beacon
1264 * protection was enabled (BIGTK configured in station mode).
1265 *
1266 * @NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME_TX_STATUS: Report TX status of a control
1267 * port frame transmitted with %NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME.
1268 * %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE identifies the TX command and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME
1269 * includes the contents of the frame. %NL80211_ATTR_ACK flag is included
1270 * if the recipient acknowledged the frame.
1271 *
1272 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_SAR_SPECS: SAR power limitation configuration is
1273 * passed using %NL80211_ATTR_SAR_SPEC. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY is used to
1274 * specify the wiphy index to be applied to.
1275 *
1276 * @NL80211_CMD_OBSS_COLOR_COLLISION: This notification is sent out whenever
1277 * mac80211/drv detects a bss color collision.
1278 *
1279 * @NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_REQUEST: This command is used to indicate that
1280 * userspace wants to change the BSS color.
1281 *
1282 * @NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_STARTED: Notify userland, that a color change has
1283 * started
1284 *
1285 * @NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_ABORTED: Notify userland, that the color change has
1286 * been aborted
1287 *
1288 * @NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_COMPLETED: Notify userland that the color change
1289 * has completed
1290 *
1291 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_FILS_AAD: Set FILS AAD data to the driver using -
1292 * &NL80211_ATTR_MAC - for STA MAC address
1293 * &NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK - for KEK
1294 * &NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES - for FILS Nonces
1295 * (STA Nonce 16 bytes followed by AP Nonce 16 bytes)
1296 *
1297 * @NL80211_CMD_ASSOC_COMEBACK: notification about an association
1298 * temporal rejection with comeback. The event includes %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
1299 * to describe the BSSID address of the AP and %NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT to
1300 * specify the timeout value.
1301 *
1302 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_LINK: Add a new link to an interface. The
1303 * %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID attribute is used for the new link.
1304 * @NL80211_CMD_REMOVE_LINK: Remove a link from an interface. This may come
1305 * without %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID as an easy way to remove all links
1306 * in preparation for e.g. roaming to a regular (non-MLO) AP.
1307 *
1308 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_LINK_STA: Add a link to an MLD station
1309 * @NL80211_CMD_MODIFY_LINK_STA: Modify a link of an MLD station
1310 * @NL80211_CMD_REMOVE_LINK_STA: Remove a link of an MLD station
1311 *
1312 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_HW_TIMESTAMP: Enable/disable HW timestamping of Timing
1313 * measurement and Fine timing measurement frames. If %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
1314 * is included, enable/disable HW timestamping only for frames to/from the
1315 * specified MAC address. Otherwise enable/disable HW timestamping for
1316 * all TM/FTM frames (including ones that were enabled with specific MAC
1317 * address). If %NL80211_ATTR_HW_TIMESTAMP_ENABLED is not included, disable
1318 * HW timestamping.
1319 * The number of peers that HW timestamping can be enabled for concurrently
1320 * is indicated by %NL80211_ATTR_MAX_HW_TIMESTAMP_PEERS.
1321 *
1322 * @NL80211_CMD_LINKS_REMOVED: Notify userspace about the removal of STA MLD
1323 * setup links due to AP MLD removing the corresponding affiliated APs with
1324 * Multi-Link reconfiguration. %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINKS is used to provide
1325 * information about the removed STA MLD setup links.
1326 *
1327 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_TO_LINK_MAPPING: Set the TID to Link Mapping for a
1328 * non-AP MLD station. The %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_TTLM_DLINK and
1329 * %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_TTLM_ULINK attributes are used to specify the
1330 * TID to Link mapping for downlink/uplink traffic.
1331 *
1332 * @NL80211_CMD_ASSOC_MLO_RECONF: For a non-AP MLD station, request to
1333 * add/remove links to/from the association. To indicate link
1334 * reconfiguration request results from the driver, this command is also
1335 * used as an event to notify userspace about the added links information.
1336 * For notifying the removed links information, the existing
1337 * %NL80211_CMD_LINKS_REMOVED command is used. This command is also used to
1338 * notify userspace about newly added links for the current connection in
1339 * case of AP-initiated link recommendation requests, received via
1340 * a BTM (BSS Transition Management) request or a link reconfig notify
1341 * frame, where the driver handles the link recommendation offload.
1342 *
1343 * @NL80211_CMD_EPCS_CFG: EPCS configuration for a station. Used by userland to
1344 * control EPCS configuration. Used to notify userland on the current state
1345 * of EPCS.
1346 *
1347 * @NL80211_CMD_MAX: highest used command number
1348 * @__NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST: internal use
1349 */
1350enum nl80211_commands {
1351/* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */
1352 NL80211_CMD_UNSPEC,
1353
1354 NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, /* can dump */
1355 NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY,
1356 NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY,
1357 NL80211_CMD_DEL_WIPHY,
1358
1359 NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE, /* can dump */
1360 NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE,
1361 NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE,
1362 NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE,
1363
1364 NL80211_CMD_GET_KEY,
1365 NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY,
1366 NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY,
1367 NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY,
1368
1369 NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON,
1370 NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON,
1371 NL80211_CMD_START_AP,
1372 NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON = NL80211_CMD_START_AP,
1373 NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP,
1374 NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON = NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP,
1375
1376 NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION,
1377 NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION,
1378 NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION,
1379 NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION,
1380
1381 NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH,
1382 NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH,
1383 NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH,
1384 NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH,
1385
1386 NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS,
1387
1388 NL80211_CMD_SET_REG,
1389 NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG,
1390
1391 NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG,
1392 NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG,
1393
1394 NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE /* reserved; not used */,
1395
1396 NL80211_CMD_GET_REG,
1397
1398 NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN,
1399 NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN,
1400 NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS,
1401 NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED,
1402
1403 NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE,
1404
1405 NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE,
1406 NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE,
1407 NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE,
1408 NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE,
1409
1410 NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE,
1411
1412 NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT,
1413
1414 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS,
1415 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS,
1416
1417 NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE,
1418
1419 NL80211_CMD_CONNECT,
1420 NL80211_CMD_ROAM,
1421 NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT,
1422
1423 NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS,
1424
1425 NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY,
1426 NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS,
1427
1428 NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA,
1429 NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA,
1430 NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA,
1431
1432 NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL,
1433 NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL,
1434
1435 NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK,
1436
1437 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME,
1438 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION = NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME,
1439 NL80211_CMD_FRAME,
1440 NL80211_CMD_ACTION = NL80211_CMD_FRAME,
1441 NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS,
1442 NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS = NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS,
1443
1444 NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE,
1445 NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE,
1446
1447 NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM,
1448 NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM,
1449
1450 NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL,
1451 NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER,
1452
1453 NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL,
1454
1455 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH,
1456 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH,
1457
1458 NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE,
1459 NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE,
1460
1461 NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE,
1462
1463 NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN,
1464 NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN,
1465
1466 NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN,
1467 NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN,
1468 NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS,
1469 NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED,
1470
1471 NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD,
1472
1473 NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE,
1474
1475 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER,
1476 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT,
1477
1478 NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME,
1479
1480 NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT,
1481
1482 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS,
1483
1484 NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME,
1485
1486 NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP,
1487
1488 NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY,
1489
1490 NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE,
1491 NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE,
1492
1493 NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED,
1494
1495 NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE,
1496
1497 NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL,
1498
1499 NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT,
1500
1501 NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES,
1502
1503 NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES,
1504 NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT,
1505
1506 NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START,
1507 NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP,
1508
1509 NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE,
1510 NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE,
1511
1512 NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH,
1513
1514 NL80211_CMD_VENDOR,
1515
1516 NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP,
1517
1518 NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS,
1519 NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS,
1520
1521 NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP,
1522
1523 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB,
1524 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB,
1525
1526 NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY,
1527
1528 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH,
1529 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH,
1530
1531 NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE,
1532
1533 NL80211_CMD_ABORT_SCAN,
1534
1535 NL80211_CMD_START_NAN,
1536 NL80211_CMD_STOP_NAN,
1537 NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION,
1538 NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION,
1539 NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG,
1540 NL80211_CMD_NAN_MATCH,
1541
1542 NL80211_CMD_SET_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST,
1543
1544 NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS,
1545
1546 NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK,
1547 NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMK,
1548
1549 NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED,
1550
1551 NL80211_CMD_RELOAD_REGDB,
1552
1553 NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH,
1554
1555 NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED,
1556
1557 NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME,
1558
1559 NL80211_CMD_GET_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS,
1560
1561 NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_START,
1562 NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT,
1563 NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_COMPLETE,
1564
1565 NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_RADAR,
1566
1567 NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_OWE_INFO,
1568
1569 NL80211_CMD_PROBE_MESH_LINK,
1570
1571 NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG,
1572
1573 NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_BEACON,
1574
1575 NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME_TX_STATUS,
1576
1577 NL80211_CMD_SET_SAR_SPECS,
1578
1579 NL80211_CMD_OBSS_COLOR_COLLISION,
1580
1581 NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_REQUEST,
1582
1583 NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_STARTED,
1584 NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_ABORTED,
1585 NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_COMPLETED,
1586
1587 NL80211_CMD_SET_FILS_AAD,
1588
1589 NL80211_CMD_ASSOC_COMEBACK,
1590
1591 NL80211_CMD_ADD_LINK,
1592 NL80211_CMD_REMOVE_LINK,
1593
1594 NL80211_CMD_ADD_LINK_STA,
1595 NL80211_CMD_MODIFY_LINK_STA,
1596 NL80211_CMD_REMOVE_LINK_STA,
1597
1598 NL80211_CMD_SET_HW_TIMESTAMP,
1599
1600 NL80211_CMD_LINKS_REMOVED,
1601
1602 NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_TO_LINK_MAPPING,
1603
1604 NL80211_CMD_ASSOC_MLO_RECONF,
1605 NL80211_CMD_EPCS_CFG,
1606
1607 /* add new commands above here */
1608
1609 /* used to define NL80211_CMD_MAX below */
1610 __NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST,
1611 NL80211_CMD_MAX = __NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST - 1
1612};
1613
1614/*
1615 * Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new commands by defining them
1616 * here
1617 */
1618#define NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS
1619#define NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE
1620#define NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE
1621#define NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE
1622#define NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE
1623#define NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE
1624#define NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE
1625#define NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT
1626
1627#define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS
1628
1629/* source-level API compatibility */
1630#define NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG
1631#define NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG
1632#define NL80211_MESH_SETUP_VENDOR_PATH_SEL_IE NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE
1633
1634/**
1635 * enum nl80211_attrs - nl80211 netlink attributes
1636 *
1637 * @NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC: unspecified attribute to catch errors
1638 *
1639 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY: index of wiphy to operate on, cf.
1640 * /sys/class/ieee80211/<phyname>/index
1641 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME: wiphy name (used for renaming)
1642 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS: a nested array of TX queue parameters
1643 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ: frequency of the selected channel in MHz,
1644 * defines the channel together with the (deprecated)
1645 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE attribute or the attributes
1646 * %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH and if needed %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
1647 * and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2
1648 * @NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH: u32 attribute containing one of the values
1649 * of &enum nl80211_chan_width, describing the channel width. See the
1650 * documentation of the enum for more information.
1651 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1: Center frequency of the first part of the
1652 * channel, used for anything but 20 MHz bandwidth. In S1G this is the
1653 * operating channel center frequency.
1654 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2: Center frequency of the second part of the
1655 * channel, used only for 80+80 MHz bandwidth
1656 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE: included with NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
1657 * if HT20 or HT40 are to be used (i.e., HT disabled if not included):
1658 * NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT = HT not allowed (i.e., same as not including
1659 * this attribute)
1660 * NL80211_CHAN_HT20 = HT20 only
1661 * NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS = secondary channel is below the primary channel
1662 * NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS = secondary channel is above the primary channel
1663 * This attribute is now deprecated.
1664 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT: TX retry limit for frames whose length is
1665 * less than or equal to the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255;
1666 * dot11ShortRetryLimit; u8
1667 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG: TX retry limit for frames whose length is
1668 * greater than the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255;
1669 * dot11ShortLongLimit; u8
1670 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD: fragmentation threshold, i.e., maximum
1671 * length in octets for frames; allowed range: 256..8000, disable
1672 * fragmentation with (u32)-1; dot11FragmentationThreshold; u32
1673 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD: RTS threshold (TX frames with length
1674 * larger than or equal to this use RTS/CTS handshake); allowed range:
1675 * 0..65536, disable with (u32)-1; dot11RTSThreshold; u32
1676 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS: Coverage Class as defined by IEEE 802.11
1677 * section 7.3.2.9; dot11CoverageClass; u8
1678 *
1679 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX: network interface index of the device to operate on
1680 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME: network interface name
1681 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE: type of virtual interface, see &enum nl80211_iftype
1682 *
1683 * @NL80211_ATTR_WDEV: wireless device identifier, used for pseudo-devices
1684 * that don't have a netdev (u64)
1685 *
1686 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC: MAC address (various uses)
1687 *
1688 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of
1689 * 16 bytes encryption key followed by 8 bytes each for TX and RX MIC
1690 * keys
1691 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX: key ID (u8, 0-3)
1692 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER: key cipher suite (u32, as defined by IEEE 802.11
1693 * section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04)
1694 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and
1695 * CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian
1696 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT: Flag attribute indicating the key is default key
1697 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: Flag attribute indicating the key is the
1698 * default management key
1699 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE: For crypto settings for connect or
1700 * other commands, indicates which pairwise cipher suites are used
1701 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP: For crypto settings for connect or
1702 * other commands, indicates which group cipher suite is used
1703 *
1704 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval in TU
1705 * @NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing
1706 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD: portion of the beacon before the TIM IE
1707 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL: portion of the beacon after the TIM IE
1708 *
1709 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID: Association ID for the station (u16)
1710 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of
1711 * &enum nl80211_sta_flags (deprecated, use %NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2)
1712 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL: listen interval as defined by
1713 * IEEE 802.11 7.3.1.6 (u16).
1714 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES: supported rates, array of supported
1715 * rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length
1716 * restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES).
1717 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN: interface index of VLAN interface to move station
1718 * to, or the AP interface the station was originally added to.
1719 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO: information about a station, part of station info
1720 * given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION, nested attribute containing
1721 * info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_info.
1722 *
1723 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS: Information about an operating bands,
1724 * consisting of a nested array.
1725 *
1726 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID: mesh id (1-32 bytes).
1727 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION: action to perform on the mesh peer link
1728 * (see &enum nl80211_plink_action).
1729 * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP: MAC address of the next hop for a mesh path.
1730 * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO: information about a mesh_path, part of mesh path
1731 * info given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH, nested attribute described at
1732 * &enum nl80211_mpath_info.
1733 *
1734 * @NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of
1735 * &enum nl80211_mntr_flags.
1736 *
1737 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2: an ISO-3166-alpha2 country code for which the
1738 * current regulatory domain should be set to or is already set to.
1739 * For example, 'CR', for Costa Rica. This attribute is used by the kernel
1740 * to query the CRDA to retrieve one regulatory domain. This attribute can
1741 * also be used by userspace to query the kernel for the currently set
1742 * regulatory domain. We chose an alpha2 as that is also used by the
1743 * IEEE-802.11 country information element to identify a country.
1744 * Users can also simply ask the wireless core to set regulatory domain
1745 * to a specific alpha2.
1746 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES: a nested array of regulatory domain regulatory
1747 * rules.
1748 *
1749 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (u8, 0 or 1)
1750 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled
1751 * (u8, 0 or 1)
1752 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time enabled
1753 * (u8, 0 or 1)
1754 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES: basic rates, array of basic
1755 * rates in format defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length
1756 * restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES).
1757 *
1758 * @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY: HT Capability information element (from
1759 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION)
1760 *
1761 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing all
1762 * supported interface types, each a flag attribute with the number
1763 * of the interface mode.
1764 *
1765 * @NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE: Management frame subtype for
1766 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE.
1767 *
1768 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE: Information element(s) data (used, e.g., with
1769 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE).
1770 *
1771 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can scan with
1772 * a single scan request, a wiphy attribute.
1773 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can
1774 * scan with a single scheduled scan request, a wiphy attribute.
1775 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information elements
1776 * that can be added to a scan request
1777 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information
1778 * elements that can be added to a scheduled scan request
1779 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS: maximum number of sets that can be
1780 * used with @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH, a wiphy attribute.
1781 *
1782 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES: nested attribute with frequencies (in MHz)
1783 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS: nested attribute with SSIDs, leave out for passive
1784 * scanning and include a zero-length SSID (wildcard) for wildcard scan
1785 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS: scan result BSS
1786 *
1787 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR: indicates who requested the regulatory domain
1788 * currently in effect. This could be any of the %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_*
1789 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE: indicates the type of the regulatory domain currently
1790 * set. This can be one of the nl80211_reg_type (%NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_*)
1791 *
1792 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS: wiphy attribute that specifies
1793 * an array of command numbers (i.e. a mapping index to command number)
1794 * that the driver for the given wiphy supports.
1795 *
1796 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME: frame data (binary attribute), including frame header
1797 * and body, but not FCS; used, e.g., with NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE and
1798 * NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE events
1799 * @NL80211_ATTR_SSID: SSID (binary attribute, 0..32 octets)
1800 * @NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE: AuthenticationType, see &enum nl80211_auth_type,
1801 * represented as a u32
1802 * @NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE: ReasonCode for %NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE and
1803 * %NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE, u16
1804 *
1805 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE: Key Type, see &enum nl80211_key_type, represented as
1806 * a u32
1807 *
1808 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change
1809 * due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects
1810 * the state of the channel _before_ the beacon hint processing. This
1811 * attributes consists of a nested attribute containing
1812 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_*
1813 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change
1814 * due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects
1815 * the state of the channel _after_ the beacon hint processing. This
1816 * attributes consists of a nested attribute containing
1817 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_*
1818 *
1819 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES: a set of u32 values indicating the supported
1820 * cipher suites
1821 *
1822 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED: a flag indicating the IBSS should not try to look
1823 * for other networks on different channels
1824 *
1825 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT: a flag indicating than an operation timed out; this
1826 * is used, e.g., with %NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE event
1827 *
1828 * @NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP: Whether management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) is
1829 * used for the association (&enum nl80211_mfp, represented as a u32);
1830 * this attribute can be used with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and
1831 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests. %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL is not allowed for
1832 * %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE since user space SME is expected and hence, it
1833 * must have decided whether to use management frame protection or not.
1834 * Setting %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL with a %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT request will
1835 * let the driver (or the firmware) decide whether to use MFP or not.
1836 *
1837 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2: Attribute containing a
1838 * &struct nl80211_sta_flag_update.
1839 *
1840 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT: A flag indicating whether user space controls
1841 * IEEE 802.1X port, i.e., sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED, in
1842 * station mode. If the flag is included in %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE
1843 * request, the driver will assume that the port is unauthorized until
1844 * authorized by user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by
1845 * default in station mode.
1846 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE: A 16-bit value indicating the
1847 * ethertype that will be used for key negotiation. It can be
1848 * specified with the associate and connect commands. If it is not
1849 * specified, the value defaults to 0x888E (PAE, 802.1X). This
1850 * attribute is also used as a flag in the wiphy information to
1851 * indicate that protocols other than PAE are supported.
1852 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT: When included along with
1853 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, indicates that the custom
1854 * ethertype frames used for key negotiation must not be encrypted.
1855 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211: A flag indicating whether control
1856 * port frames (e.g. of type given in %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE)
1857 * will be sent directly to the network interface or sent via the NL80211
1858 * socket. If this attribute is missing, then legacy behavior of sending
1859 * control port frames directly to the network interface is used. If the
1860 * flag is included, then control port frames are sent over NL80211 instead
1861 * using %CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME. If control port routing over NL80211 is
1862 * to be used then userspace must also use the %NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER
1863 * flag. When used with %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH, pre-auth
1864 * frames are not forwarded over the control port.
1865 *
1866 * @NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA: Testmode data blob, passed through to the driver.
1867 * We recommend using nested, driver-specific attributes within this.
1868 *
1869 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP: A flag indicating that the DISCONNECT
1870 * event was due to the AP disconnecting the station, and not due to
1871 * a local disconnect request.
1872 * @NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE: StatusCode for the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
1873 * event (u16)
1874 * @NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY: Flag attribute, used with connect(), indicating
1875 * that protected APs should be used. This is also used with NEW_BEACON to
1876 * indicate that the BSS is to use protection.
1877 *
1878 * @NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to
1879 * indicate which WPA version(s) the AP we want to associate with is using
1880 * (a u32 with flags from &enum nl80211_wpa_versions).
1881 * @NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to
1882 * indicate which key management algorithm(s) to use (an array of u32).
1883 * This attribute is also sent in response to @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY,
1884 * indicating the supported AKM suites, intended for specific drivers which
1885 * implement SME and have constraints on which AKMs are supported and also
1886 * the cases where an AKM support is offloaded to the driver/firmware.
1887 * If there is no such notification from the driver, user space should
1888 * assume the driver supports all the AKM suites.
1889 *
1890 * @NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE: (Re)association request information elements as
1891 * sent out by the card, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events.
1892 * @NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE: (Re)association response information elements as
1893 * sent by peer, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events.
1894 *
1895 * @NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID: previous BSSID, to be used in ASSOCIATE and CONNECT
1896 * commands to specify a request to reassociate within an ESS, i.e., to use
1897 * Reassociate Request frame (with the value of this attribute in the
1898 * Current AP address field) instead of Association Request frame which is
1899 * used for the initial association to an ESS.
1900 *
1901 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY: key information in a nested attribute with
1902 * %NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes
1903 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEYS: array of keys for static WEP keys for connect()
1904 * and join_ibss(), key information is in a nested attribute each
1905 * with %NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes
1906 *
1907 * @NL80211_ATTR_PID: Process ID of a network namespace.
1908 * @NL80211_ATTR_NETNS_FD: File descriptor of a network namespace.
1909 *
1910 * @NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION: Used to indicate consistent snapshots for
1911 * dumps. This number increases whenever the object list being
1912 * dumped changes, and as such userspace can verify that it has
1913 * obtained a complete and consistent snapshot by verifying that
1914 * all dump messages contain the same generation number. If it
1915 * changed then the list changed and the dump should be repeated
1916 * completely from scratch.
1917 *
1918 * @NL80211_ATTR_4ADDR: Use 4-address frames on a virtual interface
1919 *
1920 * @NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO: survey information about a channel, part of
1921 * the survey response for %NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY, nested attribute
1922 * containing info as possible, see &enum survey_info.
1923 *
1924 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKID: PMK material for PMKSA caching.
1925 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS: maximum number of PMKIDs a firmware can
1926 * cache, a wiphy attribute.
1927 *
1928 * @NL80211_ATTR_DURATION: Duration of an operation in milliseconds, u32.
1929 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION: Device attribute that
1930 * specifies the maximum duration that can be requested with the
1931 * remain-on-channel operation, in milliseconds, u32.
1932 *
1933 * @NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE: Generic 64-bit cookie to identify objects.
1934 *
1935 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES: Nested set of attributes
1936 * (enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes) describing TX rates per band. The
1937 * enum nl80211_band value is used as the index (nla_type() of the nested
1938 * data. If a band is not included, it will be configured to allow all
1939 * rates based on negotiated supported rates information. This attribute
1940 * is used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK and with starting AP,
1941 * and joining mesh networks (not IBSS yet). In the later case, it must
1942 * specify just a single bitrate, which is to be used for the beacon.
1943 * The driver must also specify support for this with the extended
1944 * features NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY,
1945 * NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT,
1946 * NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT and
1947 * NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HE.
1948 *
1949 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH: A binary attribute which typically must contain
1950 * at least one byte, currently used with @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME.
1951 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE: A u16 indicating the frame type/subtype for the
1952 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME command.
1953 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a
1954 * nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing
1955 * information about which frame types can be transmitted with
1956 * %NL80211_CMD_FRAME.
1957 * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a
1958 * nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing
1959 * information about which frame types can be registered for RX.
1960 *
1961 * @NL80211_ATTR_ACK: Flag attribute indicating that the frame was
1962 * acknowledged by the recipient.
1963 * @NL80211_ATTR_ACK_SIGNAL: Station's ack signal strength (s32)
1964 *
1965 * @NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE: powersave state, using &enum nl80211_ps_state values.
1966 *
1967 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM: connection quality monitor configuration in a
1968 * nested attribute with %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_* sub-attributes.
1969 *
1970 * @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE: Flag attribute to indicate that a command
1971 * is requesting a local authentication/association state change without
1972 * invoking actual management frame exchange. This can be used with
1973 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE,
1974 * NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE.
1975 *
1976 * @NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE: (AP mode) Do not forward traffic between stations
1977 * connected to this BSS.
1978 *
1979 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING: Transmit power setting type. See
1980 * &enum nl80211_tx_power_setting for possible values.
1981 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL: Transmit power level in signed mBm units.
1982 * This is used in association with @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING
1983 * for non-automatic settings.
1984 *
1985 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN: The device supports IBSS RSN, which mostly
1986 * means support for per-station GTKs.
1987 *
1988 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for transmitting.
1989 * This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should
1990 * not be used for transmitting. If an antenna is not selected in this
1991 * bitmap the hardware is not allowed to transmit on this antenna.
1992 *
1993 * Each bit represents one antenna, starting with antenna 1 at the first
1994 * bit. Depending on which antennas are selected in the bitmap, 802.11n
1995 * drivers can derive which chainmasks to use (if all antennas belonging to
1996 * a particular chain are disabled this chain should be disabled) and if
1997 * a chain has diversity antennas whether diversity should be used or not.
1998 * HT capabilities (STBC, TX Beamforming, Antenna selection) can be
1999 * derived from the available chains after applying the antenna mask.
2000 * Non-802.11n drivers can derive whether to use diversity or not.
2001 * Drivers may reject configurations or RX/TX mask combinations they cannot
2002 * support by returning -EINVAL.
2003 *
2004 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for receiving.
2005 * This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should
2006 * not be used for receiving. If an antenna is not selected in this bitmap
2007 * the hardware should not be configured to receive on this antenna.
2008 * For a more detailed description see @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX.
2009 *
2010 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX: Bitmap of antennas which are available
2011 * for configuration as TX antennas via the above parameters.
2012 *
2013 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX: Bitmap of antennas which are available
2014 * for configuration as RX antennas via the above parameters.
2015 *
2016 * @NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE: Multicast tx rate (in 100 kbps) for IBSS
2017 *
2018 * @NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK: For management frame TX, the frame may be
2019 * transmitted on another channel when the channel given doesn't match
2020 * the current channel. If the current channel doesn't match and this
2021 * flag isn't set, the frame will be rejected. This is also used as an
2022 * nl80211 capability flag.
2023 *
2024 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE: HT operation mode (u16)
2025 *
2026 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags
2027 * attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as.
2028 * See &enum nl80211_key_default_types.
2029 *
2030 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP: Optional mesh setup parameters. These cannot be
2031 * changed once the mesh is active.
2032 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG: Mesh configuration parameters, a nested attribute
2033 * containing attributes from &enum nl80211_meshconf_params.
2034 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH: Currently, this means the underlying driver
2035 * allows auth frames in a mesh to be passed to userspace for processing via
2036 * the @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH flag.
2037 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE: The state of a mesh peer link as defined in
2038 * &enum nl80211_plink_state. Used when userspace is driving the peer link
2039 * management state machine. @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE or
2040 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM must be enabled.
2041 *
2042 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED: indicates, as part of the wiphy
2043 * capabilities, the supported WoWLAN triggers
2044 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS: used by %NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN to
2045 * indicate which WoW triggers should be enabled. This is also
2046 * used by %NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN to get the currently enabled WoWLAN
2047 * triggers.
2048 *
2049 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL: Interval between scheduled scan
2050 * cycles, in msecs.
2051 *
2052 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH: Nested attribute with one or more
2053 * sets of attributes to match during scheduled scans. Only BSSs
2054 * that match any of the sets will be reported. These are
2055 * pass-thru filter rules.
2056 * For a match to succeed, the BSS must match all attributes of a
2057 * set. Since not every hardware supports matching all types of
2058 * attributes, there is no guarantee that the reported BSSs are
2059 * fully complying with the match sets and userspace needs to be
2060 * able to ignore them by itself.
2061 * Thus, the implementation is somewhat hardware-dependent, but
2062 * this is only an optimization and the userspace application
2063 * needs to handle all the non-filtered results anyway.
2064 * If the match attributes don't make sense when combined with
2065 * the values passed in @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS (eg. if an SSID
2066 * is included in the probe request, but the match attributes
2067 * will never let it go through), -EINVAL may be returned.
2068 * If omitted, no filtering is done.
2069 *
2070 * @NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS: Nested attribute listing the supported
2071 * interface combinations. In each nested item, it contains attributes
2072 * defined in &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs.
2073 * If the wiphy uses multiple radios (@NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RADIOS is set),
2074 * this attribute contains the interface combinations of the first radio.
2075 * See @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS for the global wiphy
2076 * combinations for the sum of all radios.
2077 * @NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES: Nested attribute (just like
2078 * %NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES) containing the interface types that
2079 * are managed in software: interfaces of these types aren't subject to
2080 * any restrictions in their number or combinations.
2081 *
2082 * @NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA: nested attribute containing the information
2083 * necessary for GTK rekeying in the device, see &enum nl80211_rekey_data.
2084 *
2085 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES: rates per to be advertised as supported in scan,
2086 * nested array attribute containing an entry for each band, with the entry
2087 * being a list of supported rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but
2088 * without the length restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES).
2089 *
2090 * @NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID: indicates whether SSID is to be hidden from Beacon
2091 * and Probe Response (when response to wildcard Probe Request); see
2092 * &enum nl80211_hidden_ssid, represented as a u32
2093 *
2094 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP: Information element(s) for Probe Response frame.
2095 * This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to
2096 * provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into Probe Response frames when the
2097 * driver (or firmware) replies to Probe Request frames.
2098 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP: Information element(s) for (Re)Association
2099 * Response frames. This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and
2100 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into
2101 * (Re)Association Response frames when the driver (or firmware) replies to
2102 * (Re)Association Request frames.
2103 *
2104 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME: Nested attribute containing the wme configuration
2105 * of the station, see &enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr.
2106 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD: the device supports uapsd when working
2107 * as AP.
2108 *
2109 * @NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT: Indicates whether the firmware is capable of
2110 * roaming to another AP in the same ESS if the signal lever is low.
2111 *
2112 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: Nested attribute containing the PMKSA caching
2113 * candidate information, see &enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr.
2114 *
2115 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE: Indicates whether to use CCK rate or not
2116 * for management frames transmission. In order to avoid p2p probe/action
2117 * frames are being transmitted at CCK rate in 2GHz band, the user space
2118 * applications use this attribute.
2119 * This attribute is used with %NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and
2120 * %NL80211_CMD_FRAME commands.
2121 *
2122 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION: Low level TDLS action code (e.g. link setup
2123 * request, link setup confirm, link teardown, etc.). Values are
2124 * described in the TDLS (802.11z) specification.
2125 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN: Non-zero token for uniquely identifying a
2126 * TDLS conversation between two devices.
2127 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION: High level TDLS operation; see
2128 * &enum nl80211_tdls_operation, represented as a u8.
2129 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT: A flag indicating the device can operate
2130 * as a TDLS peer sta.
2131 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP: The TDLS discovery/setup and teardown
2132 * procedures should be performed by sending TDLS packets via
2133 * %NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT. Otherwise %NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER should be
2134 * used for asking the driver to perform a TDLS operation.
2135 *
2136 * @NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME: This u32 attribute may be listed for devices
2137 * that have AP support to indicate that they have the AP SME integrated
2138 * with support for the features listed in this attribute, see
2139 * &enum nl80211_ap_sme_features.
2140 *
2141 * @NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK: Used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME, this tells
2142 * the driver to not wait for an acknowledgement. Note that due to this,
2143 * it will also not give a status callback nor return a cookie. This is
2144 * mostly useful for probe responses to save airtime.
2145 *
2146 * @NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS: This u32 attribute contains flags from
2147 * &enum nl80211_feature_flags and is advertised in wiphy information.
2148 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD: Indicates that the HW responds to probe
2149 * requests while operating in AP-mode.
2150 * This attribute holds a bitmap of the supported protocols for
2151 * offloading (see &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr).
2152 *
2153 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP: Probe Response template data. Contains the entire
2154 * probe-response frame. The DA field in the 802.11 header is zero-ed out,
2155 * to be filled by the FW.
2156 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT: Force HT capable interfaces to disable
2157 * this feature during association. This is a flag attribute.
2158 * Currently only supported in mac80211 drivers.
2159 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_VHT: Force VHT capable interfaces to disable
2160 * this feature during association. This is a flag attribute.
2161 * Currently only supported in mac80211 drivers.
2162 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HE: Force HE capable interfaces to disable
2163 * this feature during association. This is a flag attribute.
2164 * Currently only supported in mac80211 drivers.
2165 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_EHT: Force EHT capable interfaces to disable
2166 * this feature during association. This is a flag attribute.
2167 * Currently only supported in mac80211 drivers.
2168 * @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK: Specify which bits of the
2169 * ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY to which attention should be paid.
2170 * Currently, only mac80211 NICs support this feature.
2171 * The values that may be configured are:
2172 * MCS rates, MAX-AMSDU, HT-20-40 and HT_CAP_SGI_40
2173 * AMPDU density and AMPDU factor.
2174 * All values are treated as suggestions and may be ignored
2175 * by the driver as required. The actual values may be seen in
2176 * the station debugfs ht_caps file.
2177 * @NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY_MASK: Specify which bits of the
2178 * ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY to which attention should be paid.
2179 * Currently, only mac80211 NICs support this feature.
2180 * All values are treated as suggestions and may be ignored
2181 * by the driver as required. The actual values may be seen in
2182 * the station debugfs vht_caps file.
2183 *
2184 * @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION: region for regulatory rules which this country
2185 * abides to when initiating radiation on DFS channels. A country maps
2186 * to one DFS region.
2187 *
2188 * @NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP: This u16 bitmap contains the No Ack Policy of
2189 * up to 16 TIDs.
2190 *
2191 * @NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT: timeout value in seconds, this can be
2192 * used by the drivers which has MLME in firmware and does not have support
2193 * to report per station tx/rx activity to free up the station entry from
2194 * the list. This needs to be used when the driver advertises the
2195 * capability to timeout the stations.
2196 *
2197 * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM: signal strength in dBm (as a 32-bit int);
2198 * this attribute is (depending on the driver capabilities) added to
2199 * received frames indicated with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME.
2200 *
2201 * @NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD: Background scan period in seconds
2202 * or 0 to disable background scan.
2203 *
2204 * @NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE: type of regulatory hint passed from
2205 * userspace. If unset it is assumed the hint comes directly from
2206 * a user. If set code could specify exactly what type of source
2207 * was used to provide the hint. For the different types of
2208 * allowed user regulatory hints see nl80211_user_reg_hint_type.
2209 *
2210 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON: The reason for which AP has rejected
2211 * the connection request from a station. nl80211_connect_failed_reason
2212 * enum has different reasons of connection failure.
2213 *
2214 * @NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA: Fields and elements in Authentication frames.
2215 * This contains the authentication frame body (non-IE and IE data),
2216 * excluding the Authentication algorithm number, i.e., starting at the
2217 * Authentication transaction sequence number field. It is used with
2218 * authentication algorithms that need special fields to be added into
2219 * the frames (SAE and FILS). Currently, only the SAE cases use the
2220 * initial two fields (Authentication transaction sequence number and
2221 * Status code). However, those fields are included in the attribute data
2222 * for all authentication algorithms to keep the attribute definition
2223 * consistent.
2224 *
2225 * @NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY: VHT Capability information element (from
2226 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION)
2227 *
2228 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS: scan request control flags (u32)
2229 *
2230 * @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW: P2P GO Client Traffic Window (u8), used with
2231 * the START_AP and SET_BSS commands
2232 * @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS: P2P GO opportunistic PS (u8), used with the
2233 * START_AP and SET_BSS commands. This can have the values 0 or 1;
2234 * if not given in START_AP 0 is assumed, if not given in SET_BSS
2235 * no change is made.
2236 *
2237 * @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE: local mesh STA link-specific power mode
2238 * defined in &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode.
2239 *
2240 * @NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY: ACL policy, see &enum nl80211_acl_policy,
2241 * carried in a u32 attribute
2242 *
2243 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS: Array of nested MAC addresses, used for
2244 * MAC ACL.
2245 *
2246 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX: u32 attribute to advertise the maximum
2247 * number of MAC addresses that a device can support for MAC
2248 * ACL.
2249 *
2250 * @NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT: Type of radar event for notification to userspace,
2251 * contains a value of enum nl80211_radar_event (u32).
2252 *
2253 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA: 802.11 extended capabilities that the kernel driver
2254 * has and handles. The format is the same as the IE contents. See
2255 * 802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for more information.
2256 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK: Extended capabilities that the kernel driver
2257 * has set in the %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA value, for multibit fields.
2258 *
2259 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY: Station capabilities (u16) are advertised to
2260 * the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS power save (PU-APSD).
2261 *
2262 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY: Station extended capabilities are
2263 * advertised to the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS off channel operations
2264 * and PU-APSD.
2265 *
2266 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: global nl80211 feature flags, see
2267 * &enum nl80211_protocol_features, the attribute is a u32.
2268 *
2269 * @NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: flag attribute, userspace supports
2270 * receiving the data for a single wiphy split across multiple
2271 * messages, given with wiphy dump message
2272 *
2273 * @NL80211_ATTR_MDID: Mobility Domain Identifier
2274 *
2275 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC: Resource Information Container Information
2276 * Element
2277 *
2278 * @NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID: critical protocol identifier requiring increased
2279 * reliability, see &enum nl80211_crit_proto_id (u16).
2280 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION: duration in milliseconds in which
2281 * the connection should have increased reliability (u16).
2282 *
2283 * @NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID: Association ID for the peer TDLS station (u16).
2284 * This is similar to @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID but with a difference of being
2285 * allowed to be used with the first @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION command to
2286 * update a TDLS peer STA entry.
2287 *
2288 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: Coalesce rule information.
2289 *
2290 * @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT: u32 attribute specifying the number of TBTT's
2291 * until the channel switch event.
2292 * @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX: flag attribute specifying that transmission
2293 * must be blocked on the current channel (before the channel switch
2294 * operation). Also included in the channel switch started event if quiet
2295 * was requested by the AP.
2296 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES: Nested set of attributes containing the IE information
2297 * for the time while performing a channel switch.
2298 * @NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_BEACON: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel
2299 * switch or color change counters in the beacons tail (%NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL).
2300 * @NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_PRESP: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel
2301 * switch or color change counters in the probe response (%NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP).
2302 *
2303 * @NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS: flags for nl80211_send_mgmt(), u32.
2304 * As specified in the &enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags.
2305 *
2306 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS: array of supported channels.
2307 *
2308 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES: array of supported
2309 * operating classes.
2310 *
2311 * @NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS: A flag indicating whether user space
2312 * controls DFS operation in IBSS mode. If the flag is included in
2313 * %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS request, the driver will allow use of DFS
2314 * channels and reports radar events to userspace. Userspace is required
2315 * to react to radar events, e.g. initiate a channel switch or leave the
2316 * IBSS network.
2317 *
2318 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports
2319 * 5 MHz channel bandwidth.
2320 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports
2321 * 10 MHz channel bandwidth.
2322 *
2323 * @NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF: Operating mode field from Operating Mode
2324 * Notification Element based on association request when used with
2325 * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION or %NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION (only when
2326 * %NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE is supported, or with TDLS);
2327 * u8 attribute.
2328 *
2329 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID: The vendor ID, either a 24-bit OUI or, if
2330 * %NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX is set, a special Linux ID (not used yet)
2331 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD: vendor sub-command
2332 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA: data for the vendor command, if any; this
2333 * attribute is also used for vendor command feature advertisement
2334 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS: used for event list advertising in the wiphy
2335 * info, containing a nested array of possible events
2336 *
2337 * @NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP: IP DSCP mapping for Interworking QoS mapping. This
2338 * data is in the format defined for the payload of the QoS Map Set element
2339 * in IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 8.4.2.97.
2340 *
2341 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT: MAC address recommendation as initial BSS
2342 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT: frequency of the recommended initial BSS
2343 *
2344 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA: Device attribute that indicates how many
2345 * associated stations are supported in AP mode (including P2P GO); u32.
2346 * Since drivers may not have a fixed limit on the maximum number (e.g.,
2347 * other concurrent operations may affect this), drivers are allowed to
2348 * advertise values that cannot always be met. In such cases, an attempt
2349 * to add a new station entry with @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION may fail.
2350 *
2351 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX: An array of csa counter offsets (u16) which
2352 * should be updated when the frame is transmitted.
2353 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS: U8 attribute used to advertise the maximum
2354 * supported number of csa counters.
2355 *
2356 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY: flags for TDLS peer capabilities, u32.
2357 * As specified in the &enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability.
2358 *
2359 * @NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER: Flag attribute, if set during interface
2360 * creation then the new interface will be owned by the netlink socket
2361 * that created it and will be destroyed when the socket is closed.
2362 * If set during scheduled scan start then the new scan req will be
2363 * owned by the netlink socket that created it and the scheduled scan will
2364 * be stopped when the socket is closed.
2365 * If set during configuration of regulatory indoor operation then the
2366 * regulatory indoor configuration would be owned by the netlink socket
2367 * that configured the indoor setting, and the indoor operation would be
2368 * cleared when the socket is closed.
2369 * If set during NAN interface creation, the interface will be destroyed
2370 * if the socket is closed just like any other interface. Moreover, NAN
2371 * notifications will be sent in unicast to that socket. Without this
2372 * attribute, the notifications will be sent to the %NL80211_MCGRP_NAN
2373 * multicast group.
2374 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE or %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT the
2375 * station will deauthenticate when the socket is closed.
2376 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS the IBSS will be automatically
2377 * torn down when the socket is closed.
2378 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH the mesh setup will be
2379 * automatically torn down when the socket is closed.
2380 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_START_AP the AP will be automatically
2381 * disabled when the socket is closed.
2382 *
2383 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR: flag attribute indicating the current end is
2384 * the TDLS link initiator.
2385 *
2386 * @NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM: flag for indicating whether the current connection
2387 * shall support Radio Resource Measurements (11k). This attribute can be
2388 * used with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests.
2389 * User space applications are expected to use this flag only if the
2390 * underlying device supports these minimal RRM features:
2391 * %NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES,
2392 * %NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET,
2393 * Or, if global RRM is supported, see:
2394 * %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM
2395 * If this flag is used, driver must add the Power Capabilities IE to the
2396 * association request. In addition, it must also set the RRM capability
2397 * flag in the association request's Capability Info field.
2398 *
2399 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK: flag attribute used to enable ACK timeout
2400 * estimation algorithm (dynack). In order to activate dynack
2401 * %NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION feature flag must be set by lower
2402 * drivers to indicate dynack capability. Dynack is automatically disabled
2403 * setting valid value for coverage class.
2404 *
2405 * @NL80211_ATTR_TSID: a TSID value (u8 attribute)
2406 * @NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO: user priority value (u8 attribute)
2407 * @NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME: admitted time in units of 32 microseconds
2408 * (per second) (u16 attribute)
2409 *
2410 * @NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE: SMPS mode to use (ap mode). see
2411 * &enum nl80211_smps_mode.
2412 *
2413 * @NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS: operating class
2414 *
2415 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK: MAC address mask
2416 *
2417 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG: flag attribute indicating this device
2418 * is self-managing its regulatory information and any regulatory domain
2419 * obtained from it is coming from the device's wiphy and not the global
2420 * cfg80211 regdomain.
2421 *
2422 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES: extended feature flags contained in a byte
2423 * array. The feature flags are identified by their bit index (see &enum
2424 * nl80211_ext_feature_index). The bit index is ordered starting at the
2425 * least-significant bit of the first byte in the array, ie. bit index 0
2426 * is located at bit 0 of byte 0. bit index 25 would be located at bit 1
2427 * of byte 3 (u8 array).
2428 *
2429 * @NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_RADIO_STATS: Request overall radio statistics to be
2430 * returned along with other survey data. If set, @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY
2431 * may return a survey entry without a channel indicating global radio
2432 * statistics (only some values are valid and make sense.)
2433 * For devices that don't return such an entry even then, the information
2434 * should be contained in the result as the sum of the respective counters
2435 * over all channels.
2436 *
2437 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY: delay before the first cycle of a
2438 * scheduled scan is started. Or the delay before a WoWLAN
2439 * net-detect scan is started, counting from the moment the
2440 * system is suspended. This value is a u32, in seconds.
2441 *
2442 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INDOOR: flag attribute, if set indicates that the device
2443 * is operating in an indoor environment.
2444 *
2445 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS: maximum number of scan plans for
2446 * scheduled scan supported by the device (u32), a wiphy attribute.
2447 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL: maximum interval (in seconds) for
2448 * a scan plan (u32), a wiphy attribute.
2449 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS: maximum number of iterations in
2450 * a scan plan (u32), a wiphy attribute.
2451 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS: a list of scan plans for scheduled scan.
2452 * Each scan plan defines the number of scan iterations and the interval
2453 * between scans. The last scan plan will always run infinitely,
2454 * thus it must not specify the number of iterations, only the interval
2455 * between scans. The scan plans are executed sequentially.
2456 * Each scan plan is a nested attribute of &enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan.
2457 * @NL80211_ATTR_PBSS: flag attribute. If set it means operate
2458 * in a PBSS. Specified in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to request
2459 * connecting to a PCP, and in %NL80211_CMD_START_AP to start
2460 * a PCP instead of AP. Relevant for DMG networks only.
2461 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT: nested attribute for driver supporting the
2462 * BSS selection feature. When used with %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY it contains
2463 * attributes according &enum nl80211_bss_select_attr to indicate what
2464 * BSS selection behaviours are supported. When used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
2465 * it contains the behaviour-specific attribute containing the parameters for
2466 * BSS selection to be done by driver and/or firmware.
2467 *
2468 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORT_P2P_PS: whether P2P PS mechanism supported
2469 * or not. u8, one of the values of &enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status
2470 *
2471 * @NL80211_ATTR_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
2472 *
2473 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_EXT_CAPA: Nested attribute of the following attributes:
2474 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA,
2475 * %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK, to specify the extended capabilities and
2476 * other interface-type specific capabilities per interface type. For MLO,
2477 * %NL80211_ATTR_EML_CAPABILITY and %NL80211_ATTR_MLD_CAPA_AND_OPS are
2478 * present.
2479 *
2480 * @NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA: array of 24 bytes that defines a MU-MIMO
2481 * groupID for monitor mode.
2482 * The first 8 bytes are a mask that defines the membership in each
2483 * group (there are 64 groups, group 0 and 63 are reserved),
2484 * each bit represents a group and set to 1 for being a member in
2485 * that group and 0 for not being a member.
2486 * The remaining 16 bytes define the position in each group: 2 bits for
2487 * each group.
2488 * (smaller group numbers represented on most significant bits and bigger
2489 * group numbers on least significant bits.)
2490 * This attribute is used only if all interfaces are in monitor mode.
2491 * Set this attribute in order to monitor packets using the given MU-MIMO
2492 * groupID data.
2493 * to turn off that feature set all the bits of the groupID to zero.
2494 * @NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR: mac address for the sniffer to follow
2495 * when using MU-MIMO air sniffer.
2496 * to turn that feature off set an invalid mac address
2497 * (e.g. FF:FF:FF:FF:FF:FF)
2498 *
2499 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF: The time at which the scan was actually
2500 * started (u64). The time is the TSF of the BSS the interface that
2501 * requested the scan is connected to (if available, otherwise this
2502 * attribute must not be included).
2503 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF_BSSID: The BSS according to which
2504 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF is set.
2505 * @NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION: measurement duration in TUs (u16). If
2506 * %NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY is not set, this is the
2507 * maximum measurement duration allowed. This attribute is used with
2508 * measurement requests. It can also be used with %NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN
2509 * if the scan is used for beacon report radio measurement.
2510 * @NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY: flag attribute that indicates
2511 * that the duration specified with %NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION is
2512 * mandatory. If this flag is not set, the duration is the maximum duration
2513 * and the actual measurement duration may be shorter.
2514 *
2515 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PEER_AID: Association ID for the mesh peer (u16). This is
2516 * used to pull the stored data for mesh peer in power save state.
2517 *
2518 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF: the master preference to be used by
2519 * %NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and optionally with
2520 * %NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG. Its type is u8 and it can't be 0.
2521 * Also, values 1 and 255 are reserved for certification purposes and
2522 * should not be used during a normal device operation.
2523 * @NL80211_ATTR_BANDS: operating bands configuration. This is a u32
2524 * bitmask of BIT(NL80211_BAND_*) as described in %enum
2525 * nl80211_band. For instance, for NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0
2526 * would be set. This attribute is used with
2527 * %NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and %NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG, and
2528 * it is optional. If no bands are set, it means don't-care and
2529 * the device will decide what to use.
2530 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC: a function that can be added to NAN. See
2531 * &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes for description of this nested
2532 * attribute.
2533 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH: used to report a match. This is a nested attribute.
2534 * See &enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes.
2535 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK: KEK for FILS (Re)Association Request/Response frame
2536 * protection.
2537 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES: Nonces (part of AAD) for FILS (Re)Association
2538 * Request/Response frame protection. This attribute contains the 16 octet
2539 * STA Nonce followed by 16 octets of AP Nonce.
2540 *
2541 * @NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED: Indicates whether or not multicast
2542 * packets should be send out as unicast to all stations (flag attribute).
2543 *
2544 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSSID: The BSSID of the AP. Note that %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is also
2545 * used in various commands/events for specifying the BSSID.
2546 *
2547 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI: Relative RSSI threshold by which
2548 * other BSSs has to be better or slightly worse than the current
2549 * connected BSS so that they get reported to user space.
2550 * This will give an opportunity to userspace to consider connecting to
2551 * other matching BSSs which have better or slightly worse RSSI than
2552 * the current connected BSS by using an offloaded operation to avoid
2553 * unnecessary wakeups.
2554 *
2555 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for BSSs in
2556 * the specified band is to be adjusted before doing
2557 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI based comparison to figure out
2558 * better BSSs. The attribute value is a packed structure
2559 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust.
2560 *
2561 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT_REASON: The reason for which an operation timed out.
2562 * u32 attribute with an &enum nl80211_timeout_reason value. This is used,
2563 * e.g., with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT event.
2564 *
2565 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME: EAP Re-authentication Protocol (ERP)
2566 * username part of NAI used to refer keys rRK and rIK. This is used with
2567 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2568 *
2569 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM: EAP Re-authentication Protocol (ERP) realm part
2570 * of NAI specifying the domain name of the ER server. This is used with
2571 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2572 *
2573 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM: Unsigned 16-bit ERP next sequence number
2574 * to use in ERP messages. This is used in generating the FILS wrapped data
2575 * for FILS authentication and is used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2576 *
2577 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK: ERP re-authentication Root Key (rRK) for the
2578 * NAI specified by %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME and
2579 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM. This is used for generating rIK and rMSK
2580 * from successful FILS authentication and is used with
2581 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2582 *
2583 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID: A 2-octet identifier advertised by a FILS AP
2584 * identifying the scope of PMKSAs. This is used with
2585 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA and @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA.
2586 *
2587 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK: attribute for passing PMK key material. Used with
2588 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA for the PMKSA identified by %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID.
2589 * For %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and %NL80211_CMD_START_AP it is used to provide
2590 * PSK for offloading 4-way handshake for WPA/WPA2-PSK networks. For 802.1X
2591 * authentication it is used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK. For offloaded FT
2592 * support this attribute specifies the PMK-R0 if NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME
2593 * is included as well.
2594 *
2595 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI: flag attribute which user-space shall use to
2596 * indicate that it supports multiple active scheduled scan requests.
2597 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MAX_REQS: indicates maximum number of scheduled
2598 * scan request that may be active for the device (u32).
2599 *
2600 * @NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS: flag attribute which user-space can include
2601 * in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to indicate that for 802.1X authentication it
2602 * wants to use the supported offload of the 4-way handshake.
2603 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME: PMK-R0 Name for offloaded FT.
2604 * @NL80211_ATTR_PORT_AUTHORIZED: (reserved)
2605 *
2606 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION: Identify the requested external
2607 * authentication operation (u32 attribute with an
2608 * &enum nl80211_external_auth_action value). This is used with the
2609 * %NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH request event.
2610 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: Flag attribute indicating that the user
2611 * space supports external authentication. This attribute shall be used
2612 * with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and %NL80211_CMD_START_AP request. The driver
2613 * may offload authentication processing to user space if this capability
2614 * is indicated in the respective requests from the user space. (This flag
2615 * attribute deprecated for %NL80211_CMD_START_AP, use
2616 * %NL80211_ATTR_AP_SETTINGS_FLAGS)
2617 *
2618 * @NL80211_ATTR_NSS: Station's New/updated RX_NSS value notified using this
2619 * u8 attribute. This is used with %NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED.
2620 *
2621 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_STATS: TXQ statistics (nested attribute, see &enum
2622 * nl80211_txq_stats)
2623 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_LIMIT: Total packet limit for the TXQ queues for this phy.
2624 * The smaller of this and the memory limit is enforced.
2625 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT: Total memory limit (in bytes) for the
2626 * TXQ queues for this phy. The smaller of this and the packet limit is
2627 * enforced.
2628 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_QUANTUM: TXQ scheduler quantum (bytes). Number of bytes
2629 * a flow is assigned on each round of the DRR scheduler.
2630 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_CAPABILITY: HE Capability information element (from
2631 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). Can be set
2632 * only if %NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME is set.
2633 *
2634 * @NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER: nested attribute which user-space can include
2635 * in %NL80211_CMD_START_AP or %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON for fine timing
2636 * measurement (FTM) responder functionality and containing parameters as
2637 * possible, see &enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attr
2638 *
2639 * @NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS: Nested attribute with FTM responder
2640 * statistics, see &enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats.
2641 *
2642 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT: Timeout for the given operation in milliseconds (u32),
2643 * if the attribute is not given no timeout is requested. Note that 0 is an
2644 * invalid value.
2645 *
2646 * @NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS: peer measurements request (and result)
2647 * data, uses nested attributes specified in
2648 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs.
2649 * This is also used for capability advertisement in the wiphy information,
2650 * with the appropriate sub-attributes.
2651 *
2652 * @NL80211_ATTR_AIRTIME_WEIGHT: Station's weight when scheduled by the airtime
2653 * scheduler.
2654 *
2655 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER_SETTING: Transmit power setting type (u8) for
2656 * station associated with the AP. See &enum nl80211_tx_power_setting for
2657 * possible values.
2658 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER: Transmit power level (s16) in dBm units. This
2659 * allows to set Tx power for a station. If this attribute is not included,
2660 * the default per-interface tx power setting will be overriding. Driver
2661 * should be picking up the lowest tx power, either tx power per-interface
2662 * or per-station.
2663 *
2664 * @NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD: attribute for passing SAE password material. It
2665 * is used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to provide password for offloading
2666 * SAE authentication for WPA3-Personal networks.
2667 *
2668 * @NL80211_ATTR_TWT_RESPONDER: Enable target wait time responder support.
2669 *
2670 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_OBSS_PD: nested attribute for OBSS Packet Detection
2671 * functionality.
2672 *
2673 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_CHANNELS: bitmap that indicates the 2.16 GHz
2674 * channel(s) that are allowed to be used for EDMG transmissions.
2675 * Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251. (u8 attribute)
2676 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_BW_CONFIG: Channel BW Configuration subfield encodes
2677 * the allowed channel bandwidth configurations. (u8 attribute)
2678 * Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251, Table 13.
2679 *
2680 * @NL80211_ATTR_VLAN_ID: VLAN ID (1..4094) for the station and VLAN group key
2681 * (u16).
2682 *
2683 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_BSS_COLOR: nested attribute for BSS Color Settings.
2684 *
2685 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_AKM_SUITES: nested array attribute, with each entry
2686 * using attributes from &enum nl80211_iftype_akm_attributes. This
2687 * attribute is sent in a response to %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY indicating
2688 * supported AKM suites capability per interface. AKMs advertised in
2689 * %NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES are default capabilities if AKM suites not
2690 * advertised for a specific interface type.
2691 *
2692 * @NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG: TID specific configuration in a
2693 * nested attribute with &enum nl80211_tid_config_attr sub-attributes;
2694 * on output (in wiphy attributes) it contains only the feature sub-
2695 * attributes.
2696 *
2697 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH: disable preauth frame rx on control
2698 * port in order to forward/receive them as ordinary data frames.
2699 *
2700 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK_LIFETIME: Maximum lifetime for PMKSA in seconds (u32,
2701 * dot11RSNAConfigPMKReauthThreshold; 0 is not a valid value).
2702 * An optional parameter configured through %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA.
2703 * Drivers that trigger roaming need to know the lifetime of the
2704 * configured PMKSA for triggering the full vs. PMKSA caching based
2705 * authentication. This timeout helps authentication methods like SAE,
2706 * where PMK gets updated only by going through a full (new SAE)
2707 * authentication instead of getting updated during an association for EAP
2708 * authentication. No new full authentication within the PMK expiry shall
2709 * result in a disassociation at the end of the lifetime.
2710 *
2711 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK_REAUTH_THRESHOLD: Reauthentication threshold time, in
2712 * terms of percentage of %NL80211_ATTR_PMK_LIFETIME
2713 * (u8, dot11RSNAConfigPMKReauthThreshold, 1..100). This is an optional
2714 * parameter configured through %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA. Requests the
2715 * driver to trigger a full authentication roam (without PMKSA caching)
2716 * after the reauthentication threshold time, but before the PMK lifetime
2717 * has expired.
2718 *
2719 * Authentication methods like SAE need to be able to generate a new PMKSA
2720 * entry without having to force a disconnection after the PMK timeout. If
2721 * no roaming occurs between the reauth threshold and PMK expiration,
2722 * disassociation is still forced.
2723 * @NL80211_ATTR_RECEIVE_MULTICAST: multicast flag for the
2724 * %NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME command, see the description there.
2725 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET: offset of the associated
2726 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ in positive KHz. Only valid when supplied with
2727 * an %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET.
2728 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1_OFFSET: Center frequency offset in KHz for the
2729 * first channel segment specified in %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1.
2730 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ: nested attribute with KHz frequencies
2731 *
2732 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPABILITY: HE 6 GHz Band Capability element (from
2733 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION).
2734 *
2735 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_DISCOVERY: Optional parameter to configure FILS
2736 * discovery. It is a nested attribute, see
2737 * &enum nl80211_fils_discovery_attributes. Userspace should pass an empty
2738 * nested attribute to disable this feature and delete the templates.
2739 *
2740 * @NL80211_ATTR_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: Optional parameter to configure
2741 * unsolicited broadcast probe response. It is a nested attribute, see
2742 * &enum nl80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp_attributes. Userspace should pass an empty
2743 * nested attribute to disable this feature and delete the templates.
2744 *
2745 * @NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY: S1G Capability information element (from
2746 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION)
2747 * @NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY_MASK: S1G Capability Information element
2748 * override mask. Used with NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY in
2749 * NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE or NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2750 *
2751 * @NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PWE: Indicates the mechanism(s) allowed for SAE PWE
2752 * derivation in WPA3-Personal networks which are using SAE authentication.
2753 * This is a u8 attribute that encapsulates one of the values from
2754 * &enum nl80211_sae_pwe_mechanism.
2755 *
2756 * @NL80211_ATTR_SAR_SPEC: SAR power limitation specification when
2757 * used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_SAR_SPECS. The message contains fields
2758 * of %nl80211_sar_attrs which specifies the sar type and related
2759 * sar specs. Sar specs contains array of %nl80211_sar_specs_attrs.
2760 *
2761 * @NL80211_ATTR_RECONNECT_REQUESTED: flag attribute, used with deauth and
2762 * disassoc events to indicate that an immediate reconnect to the AP
2763 * is desired.
2764 *
2765 * @NL80211_ATTR_OBSS_COLOR_BITMAP: bitmap of the u64 BSS colors for the
2766 * %NL80211_CMD_OBSS_COLOR_COLLISION event.
2767 *
2768 * @NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_COUNT: u8 attribute specifying the number of TBTT's
2769 * until the color switch event.
2770 * @NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_COLOR: u8 attribute specifying the color that we are
2771 * switching to
2772 * @NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_ELEMS: Nested set of attributes containing the IE
2773 * information for the time while performing a color switch.
2774 *
2775 * @NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_CONFIG: Nested attribute for multiple BSSID
2776 * advertisements (MBSSID) parameters in AP mode.
2777 * Kernel uses this attribute to indicate the driver's support for MBSSID
2778 * and enhanced multi-BSSID advertisements (EMA AP) to the userspace.
2779 * Userspace should use this attribute to configure per interface MBSSID
2780 * parameters.
2781 * See &enum nl80211_mbssid_config_attributes for details.
2782 *
2783 * @NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_ELEMS: Nested parameter to pass multiple BSSID elements.
2784 * Mandatory parameter for the transmitting interface to enable MBSSID.
2785 * Optional for the non-transmitting interfaces.
2786 *
2787 * @NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_BACKGROUND: Configure dedicated offchannel chain
2788 * available for radar/CAC detection on some hw. This chain can't be used
2789 * to transmit or receive frames and it is bounded to a running wdev.
2790 * Background radar/CAC detection allows to avoid the CAC downtime
2791 * switching on a different channel during CAC detection on the selected
2792 * radar channel.
2793 *
2794 * @NL80211_ATTR_AP_SETTINGS_FLAGS: u32 attribute contains ap settings flags,
2795 * enumerated in &enum nl80211_ap_settings_flags. This attribute shall be
2796 * used with %NL80211_CMD_START_AP request.
2797 *
2798 * @NL80211_ATTR_EHT_CAPABILITY: EHT Capability information element (from
2799 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). Can be set
2800 * only if %NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME is set.
2801 *
2802 * @NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID: A (u8) link ID for use with MLO, to be used with
2803 * various commands that need a link ID to operate.
2804 * @NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINKS: A nested array of links, each containing some
2805 * per-link information and a link ID.
2806 * @NL80211_ATTR_MLD_ADDR: An MLD address, used with various commands such as
2807 * authenticate/associate.
2808 *
2809 * @NL80211_ATTR_MLO_SUPPORT: Flag attribute to indicate user space supports MLO
2810 * connection. Used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. If this attribute is not
2811 * included in NL80211_CMD_CONNECT drivers must not perform MLO connection.
2812 *
2813 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_AKM_SUITES: U16 attribute. Indicates maximum number of
2814 * AKM suites allowed for %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT, %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and
2815 * %NL80211_CMD_START_AP in %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY response. If this
2816 * attribute is not present userspace shall consider maximum number of AKM
2817 * suites allowed as %NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES which is the legacy maximum
2818 * number prior to the introduction of this attribute.
2819 *
2820 * @NL80211_ATTR_EML_CAPABILITY: EML Capability information (u16)
2821 * @NL80211_ATTR_MLD_CAPA_AND_OPS: MLD Capabilities and Operations (u16)
2822 *
2823 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_HW_TIMESTAMP: Hardware timestamp for TX operation in
2824 * nanoseconds (u64). This is the device clock timestamp so it will
2825 * probably reset when the device is stopped or the firmware is reset.
2826 * When used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS, indicates the frame TX
2827 * timestamp. When used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME RX notification, indicates
2828 * the ack TX timestamp.
2829 * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_HW_TIMESTAMP: Hardware timestamp for RX operation in
2830 * nanoseconds (u64). This is the device clock timestamp so it will
2831 * probably reset when the device is stopped or the firmware is reset.
2832 * When used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS, indicates the ack RX
2833 * timestamp. When used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME RX notification, indicates
2834 * the incoming frame RX timestamp.
2835 * @NL80211_ATTR_TD_BITMAP: Transition Disable bitmap, for subsequent
2836 * (re)associations.
2837 *
2838 * @NL80211_ATTR_PUNCT_BITMAP: (u32) Preamble puncturing bitmap, lowest
2839 * bit corresponds to the lowest 20 MHz channel. Each bit set to 1
2840 * indicates that the sub-channel is punctured. Higher 16 bits are
2841 * reserved.
2842 *
2843 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_HW_TIMESTAMP_PEERS: Maximum number of peers that HW
2844 * timestamping can be enabled for concurrently (u16), a wiphy attribute.
2845 * A value of 0xffff indicates setting for all peers (i.e. not specifying
2846 * an address with %NL80211_CMD_SET_HW_TIMESTAMP) is supported.
2847 * @NL80211_ATTR_HW_TIMESTAMP_ENABLED: Indicates whether HW timestamping should
2848 * be enabled or not (flag attribute).
2849 *
2850 * @NL80211_ATTR_EMA_RNR_ELEMS: Optional nested attribute for
2851 * reduced neighbor report (RNR) elements. This attribute can be used
2852 * only when NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_EMA is enabled.
2853 * Userspace is responsible for splitting the RNR into multiple
2854 * elements such that each element excludes the non-transmitting
2855 * profiles already included in the MBSSID element
2856 * (%NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_ELEMS) at the same index. Each EMA beacon
2857 * will be generated by adding MBSSID and RNR elements at the same
2858 * index. If the userspace includes more RNR elements than number of
2859 * MBSSID elements then these will be added in every EMA beacon.
2860 *
2861 * @NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_DISABLED: Flag attribute indicating that the link is
2862 * disabled.
2863 *
2864 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_DUMP_INCLUDE_USE_DATA: Include BSS usage data, i.e.
2865 * include BSSes that can only be used in restricted scenarios and/or
2866 * cannot be used at all.
2867 *
2868 * @NL80211_ATTR_MLO_TTLM_DLINK: Binary attribute specifying the downlink TID to
2869 * link mapping. The length is 8 * sizeof(u16). For each TID the link
2870 * mapping is as defined in section 9.4.2.314 (TID-To-Link Mapping element)
2871 * in Draft P802.11be_D4.0.
2872 * @NL80211_ATTR_MLO_TTLM_ULINK: Binary attribute specifying the uplink TID to
2873 * link mapping. The length is 8 * sizeof(u16). For each TID the link
2874 * mapping is as defined in section 9.4.2.314 (TID-To-Link Mapping element)
2875 * in Draft P802.11be_D4.0.
2876 *
2877 * @NL80211_ATTR_ASSOC_SPP_AMSDU: flag attribute used with
2878 * %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE indicating the SPP A-MSDUs
2879 * are used on this connection
2880 *
2881 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RADIOS: Nested attribute describing physical radios
2882 * belonging to this wiphy. See &enum nl80211_wiphy_radio_attrs.
2883 *
2884 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS: Nested attribute listing the
2885 * supported interface combinations for all radios combined. In each
2886 * nested item, it contains attributes defined in
2887 * &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs.
2888 *
2889 * @NL80211_ATTR_VIF_RADIO_MASK: Bitmask of allowed radios (u32).
2890 * A value of 0 means all radios.
2891 *
2892 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_SELECTORS: supported BSS Membership Selectors, array
2893 * of supported selectors as defined by IEEE Std 802.11-2020 9.4.2.3 but
2894 * without the length restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_SELECTORS).
2895 * This can be used to provide a list of selectors that are implemented
2896 * by the supplicant. If not given, support for SAE_H2E is assumed.
2897 *
2898 * @NL80211_ATTR_MLO_RECONF_REM_LINKS: (u16) A bitmask of the links requested
2899 * to be removed from the MLO association.
2900 *
2901 * @NL80211_ATTR_EPCS: Flag attribute indicating that EPCS is enabled for a
2902 * station interface.
2903 *
2904 * @NL80211_ATTR_ASSOC_MLD_EXT_CAPA_OPS: Extended MLD capabilities and
2905 * operations that userspace implements to use during association/ML
2906 * link reconfig, currently only "BTM MLD Recommendation For Multiple
2907 * APs Support". Drivers may set additional flags that they support
2908 * in the kernel or device.
2909 *
2910 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RADIO_INDEX: (int) Integer attribute denoting the index
2911 * of the radio in interest. Internally a value of -1 is used to
2912 * indicate that the radio id is not given in user-space. This means
2913 * that all the attributes are applicable to all the radios. If there is
2914 * a radio index provided in user-space, the attributes will be
2915 * applicable to that specific radio only. If the radio id is greater
2916 * thank the number of radios, error denoting invalid value is returned.
2917 *
2918 * @NL80211_ATTR_S1G_LONG_BEACON_PERIOD: (u8) Integer attribute that represents
2919 * the number of beacon intervals between each long beacon transmission
2920 * for an S1G BSS with short beaconing enabled. This is a required
2921 * attribute for initialising an S1G short beaconing BSS. When updating
2922 * the short beacon data, this is not required. It has a minimum value of
2923 * 2 (i.e 2 beacon intervals).
2924 *
2925 * @NL80211_ATTR_S1G_SHORT_BEACON: Nested attribute containing the short beacon
2926 * head and tail used to set or update the short beacon templates. When
2927 * bringing up a new interface, %NL80211_ATTR_S1G_LONG_BEACON_PERIOD is
2928 * required alongside this attribute. Refer to
2929 * @enum nl80211_s1g_short_beacon_attrs for the attribute definitions.
2930 *
2931 * @NUM_NL80211_ATTR: total number of nl80211_attrs available
2932 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number currently defined
2933 * @__NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
2934 */
2935enum nl80211_attrs {
2936/* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */
2937 NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC,
2938
2939 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY,
2940 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME,
2941
2942 NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX,
2943 NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME,
2944 NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE,
2945
2946 NL80211_ATTR_MAC,
2947
2948 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA,
2949 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX,
2950 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER,
2951 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ,
2952 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT,
2953
2954 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL,
2955 NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD,
2956 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD,
2957 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL,
2958
2959 NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID,
2960 NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS,
2961 NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL,
2962 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES,
2963 NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN,
2964 NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO,
2965
2966 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS,
2967
2968 NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS,
2969
2970 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID,
2971 NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION,
2972 NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP,
2973 NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO,
2974
2975 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT,
2976 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE,
2977 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME,
2978
2979 NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY,
2980
2981 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES,
2982
2983 NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2,
2984 NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES,
2985
2986 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG,
2987
2988 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES,
2989
2990 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS,
2991 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ,
2992 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE,
2993
2994 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT,
2995
2996 NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE,
2997 NL80211_ATTR_IE,
2998
2999 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS,
3000
3001 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES,
3002 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS,
3003 NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION, /* replaces old SCAN_GENERATION */
3004 NL80211_ATTR_BSS,
3005
3006 NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR,
3007 NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE,
3008
3009 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS,
3010
3011 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME,
3012 NL80211_ATTR_SSID,
3013 NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE,
3014 NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE,
3015
3016 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE,
3017
3018 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN,
3019 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES,
3020
3021 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE,
3022 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER,
3023
3024 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED,
3025
3026
3027 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT,
3028 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG,
3029 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD,
3030 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD,
3031
3032 NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT,
3033
3034 NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP,
3035
3036 NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2,
3037
3038 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT,
3039
3040 NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA,
3041
3042 NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY,
3043
3044 NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP,
3045 NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE,
3046
3047 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE,
3048 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP,
3049 NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS,
3050 NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES,
3051
3052 NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE,
3053 NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE,
3054
3055 NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID,
3056
3057 NL80211_ATTR_KEY,
3058 NL80211_ATTR_KEYS,
3059
3060 NL80211_ATTR_PID,
3061
3062 NL80211_ATTR_4ADDR,
3063
3064 NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO,
3065
3066 NL80211_ATTR_PMKID,
3067 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS,
3068
3069 NL80211_ATTR_DURATION,
3070
3071 NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE,
3072
3073 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS,
3074
3075 NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES,
3076
3077 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH,
3078
3079 NL80211_ATTR_ACK,
3080
3081 NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE,
3082
3083 NL80211_ATTR_CQM,
3084
3085 NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE,
3086
3087 NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE,
3088
3089 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING,
3090 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL,
3091
3092 NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES,
3093 NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES,
3094 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE,
3095
3096 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE,
3097 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT,
3098
3099 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN,
3100
3101 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX,
3102 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX,
3103
3104 NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE,
3105
3106 NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK,
3107
3108 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE,
3109
3110 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES,
3111
3112 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION,
3113
3114 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP,
3115
3116 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX,
3117 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX,
3118
3119 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH,
3120 NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE,
3121
3122 NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS,
3123 NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED,
3124
3125 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL,
3126
3127 NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS,
3128 NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES,
3129
3130 NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA,
3131
3132 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS,
3133 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN,
3134
3135 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES,
3136
3137 NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID,
3138
3139 NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP,
3140 NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP,
3141
3142 NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME,
3143 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD,
3144
3145 NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT,
3146
3147 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH,
3148 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS,
3149
3150 NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE,
3151
3152 NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE,
3153
3154 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION,
3155 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN,
3156 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION,
3157 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT,
3158 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP,
3159
3160 NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME,
3161
3162 NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK,
3163
3164 NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS,
3165
3166 NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD,
3167
3168 NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP,
3169
3170 NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION,
3171
3172 NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT,
3173 NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK,
3174
3175 NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP,
3176
3177 NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT,
3178
3179 NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM,
3180
3181 NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD,
3182
3183 NL80211_ATTR_WDEV,
3184
3185 NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE,
3186
3187 NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON,
3188
3189 NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA,
3190
3191 NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY,
3192
3193 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS,
3194
3195 NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH,
3196 NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1,
3197 NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2,
3198
3199 NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW,
3200 NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS,
3201
3202 NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE,
3203
3204 NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY,
3205
3206 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS,
3207
3208 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX,
3209
3210 NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT,
3211
3212 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA,
3213 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK,
3214
3215 NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY,
3216 NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY,
3217
3218 NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES,
3219 NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP,
3220
3221 NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_VHT,
3222 NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY_MASK,
3223
3224 NL80211_ATTR_MDID,
3225 NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC,
3226
3227 NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID,
3228 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION,
3229
3230 NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID,
3231
3232 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE,
3233
3234 NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT,
3235 NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX,
3236 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES,
3237 NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_BEACON,
3238 NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_PRESP,
3239
3240 NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS,
3241
3242 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS,
3243
3244 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES,
3245
3246 NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS,
3247
3248 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ,
3249 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ,
3250
3251 NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF,
3252
3253 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID,
3254 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD,
3255 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA,
3256 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS,
3257
3258 NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP,
3259
3260 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT,
3261 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT,
3262
3263 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA,
3264
3265 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY,
3266
3267 NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER,
3268
3269 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX,
3270 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS,
3271
3272 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR,
3273
3274 NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM,
3275
3276 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK,
3277
3278 NL80211_ATTR_TSID,
3279 NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO,
3280 NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME,
3281
3282 NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE,
3283
3284 NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS,
3285
3286 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK,
3287
3288 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG,
3289
3290 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES,
3291
3292 NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_RADIO_STATS,
3293
3294 NL80211_ATTR_NETNS_FD,
3295
3296 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY,
3297
3298 NL80211_ATTR_REG_INDOOR,
3299
3300 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS,
3301 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL,
3302 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS,
3303 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS,
3304
3305 NL80211_ATTR_PBSS,
3306
3307 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT,
3308
3309 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORT_P2P_PS,
3310
3311 NL80211_ATTR_PAD,
3312
3313 NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_EXT_CAPA,
3314
3315 NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA,
3316 NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR,
3317
3318 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF,
3319 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF_BSSID,
3320 NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION,
3321 NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY,
3322
3323 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PEER_AID,
3324
3325 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF,
3326 NL80211_ATTR_BANDS,
3327 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC,
3328 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH,
3329
3330 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK,
3331 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES,
3332
3333 NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED,
3334
3335 NL80211_ATTR_BSSID,
3336
3337 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI,
3338 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RSSI_ADJUST,
3339
3340 NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT_REASON,
3341
3342 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME,
3343 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM,
3344 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM,
3345 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK,
3346 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID,
3347
3348 NL80211_ATTR_PMK,
3349
3350 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI,
3351 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MAX_REQS,
3352
3353 NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS,
3354 NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME,
3355 NL80211_ATTR_PORT_AUTHORIZED,
3356
3357 NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION,
3358 NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT,
3359
3360 NL80211_ATTR_NSS,
3361 NL80211_ATTR_ACK_SIGNAL,
3362
3363 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211,
3364
3365 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_STATS,
3366 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_LIMIT,
3367 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT,
3368 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_QUANTUM,
3369
3370 NL80211_ATTR_HE_CAPABILITY,
3371
3372 NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER,
3373
3374 NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS,
3375
3376 NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT,
3377
3378 NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS,
3379
3380 NL80211_ATTR_AIRTIME_WEIGHT,
3381 NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER_SETTING,
3382 NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER,
3383
3384 NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD,
3385
3386 NL80211_ATTR_TWT_RESPONDER,
3387
3388 NL80211_ATTR_HE_OBSS_PD,
3389
3390 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_CHANNELS,
3391 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_BW_CONFIG,
3392
3393 NL80211_ATTR_VLAN_ID,
3394
3395 NL80211_ATTR_HE_BSS_COLOR,
3396
3397 NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_AKM_SUITES,
3398
3399 NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG,
3400
3401 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH,
3402
3403 NL80211_ATTR_PMK_LIFETIME,
3404 NL80211_ATTR_PMK_REAUTH_THRESHOLD,
3405
3406 NL80211_ATTR_RECEIVE_MULTICAST,
3407 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET,
3408 NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1_OFFSET,
3409 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ,
3410
3411 NL80211_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPABILITY,
3412
3413 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_DISCOVERY,
3414
3415 NL80211_ATTR_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP,
3416
3417 NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY,
3418 NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY_MASK,
3419
3420 NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PWE,
3421
3422 NL80211_ATTR_RECONNECT_REQUESTED,
3423
3424 NL80211_ATTR_SAR_SPEC,
3425
3426 NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HE,
3427
3428 NL80211_ATTR_OBSS_COLOR_BITMAP,
3429
3430 NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_COUNT,
3431 NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_COLOR,
3432 NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_ELEMS,
3433
3434 NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_CONFIG,
3435 NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_ELEMS,
3436
3437 NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_BACKGROUND,
3438
3439 NL80211_ATTR_AP_SETTINGS_FLAGS,
3440
3441 NL80211_ATTR_EHT_CAPABILITY,
3442
3443 NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_EHT,
3444
3445 NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINKS,
3446 NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID,
3447 NL80211_ATTR_MLD_ADDR,
3448
3449 NL80211_ATTR_MLO_SUPPORT,
3450
3451 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_AKM_SUITES,
3452
3453 NL80211_ATTR_EML_CAPABILITY,
3454 NL80211_ATTR_MLD_CAPA_AND_OPS,
3455
3456 NL80211_ATTR_TX_HW_TIMESTAMP,
3457 NL80211_ATTR_RX_HW_TIMESTAMP,
3458 NL80211_ATTR_TD_BITMAP,
3459
3460 NL80211_ATTR_PUNCT_BITMAP,
3461
3462 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_HW_TIMESTAMP_PEERS,
3463 NL80211_ATTR_HW_TIMESTAMP_ENABLED,
3464
3465 NL80211_ATTR_EMA_RNR_ELEMS,
3466
3467 NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_DISABLED,
3468
3469 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_DUMP_INCLUDE_USE_DATA,
3470
3471 NL80211_ATTR_MLO_TTLM_DLINK,
3472 NL80211_ATTR_MLO_TTLM_ULINK,
3473
3474 NL80211_ATTR_ASSOC_SPP_AMSDU,
3475
3476 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RADIOS,
3477 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS,
3478
3479 NL80211_ATTR_VIF_RADIO_MASK,
3480
3481 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_SELECTORS,
3482
3483 NL80211_ATTR_MLO_RECONF_REM_LINKS,
3484 NL80211_ATTR_EPCS,
3485
3486 NL80211_ATTR_ASSOC_MLD_EXT_CAPA_OPS,
3487
3488 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RADIO_INDEX,
3489
3490 NL80211_ATTR_S1G_LONG_BEACON_PERIOD,
3491 NL80211_ATTR_S1G_SHORT_BEACON,
3492
3493 /* add attributes here, update the policy in nl80211.c */
3494
3495 __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3496 NUM_NL80211_ATTR = __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3497 NL80211_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3498};
3499
3500/* source-level API compatibility */
3501#define NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_GENERATION NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION
3502#define NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG
3503#define NL80211_ATTR_IFACE_SOCKET_OWNER NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER
3504#define NL80211_ATTR_SAE_DATA NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA
3505#define NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_BEACON NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_BEACON
3506#define NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_PRESP NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_PRESP
3507
3508/*
3509 * Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new attributes by defining them
3510 * here
3511 */
3512#define NL80211_CMD_CONNECT NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
3513#define NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY
3514#define NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES
3515#define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS
3516#define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
3517#define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE
3518#define NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE
3519#define NL80211_ATTR_IE NL80211_ATTR_IE
3520#define NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR
3521#define NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE
3522#define NL80211_ATTR_FRAME NL80211_ATTR_FRAME
3523#define NL80211_ATTR_SSID NL80211_ATTR_SSID
3524#define NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE
3525#define NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE
3526#define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE
3527#define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP
3528#define NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS
3529#define NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES
3530#define NL80211_ATTR_KEY NL80211_ATTR_KEY
3531#define NL80211_ATTR_KEYS NL80211_ATTR_KEYS
3532#define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS
3533
3534#define NL80211_WIPHY_NAME_MAXLEN 64
3535
3536#define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES 32
3537#define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_SELECTORS 128
3538#define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_HT_RATES 77
3539#define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_REG_RULES 128
3540#define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_ENCR_KEY 0
3541#define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_TX_MIC_KEY 16
3542#define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_RX_MIC_KEY 24
3543#define NL80211_HT_CAPABILITY_LEN 26
3544#define NL80211_VHT_CAPABILITY_LEN 12
3545#define NL80211_HE_MIN_CAPABILITY_LEN 16
3546#define NL80211_HE_MAX_CAPABILITY_LEN 54
3547#define NL80211_MAX_NR_CIPHER_SUITES 5
3548
3549/*
3550 * NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES is obsolete when %NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_AKM_SUITES
3551 * present in %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY response.
3552 */
3553#define NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES 2
3554#define NL80211_EHT_MIN_CAPABILITY_LEN 13
3555#define NL80211_EHT_MAX_CAPABILITY_LEN 51
3556
3557#define NL80211_MIN_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_TIME 10
3558
3559/* default RSSI threshold for scan results if none specified. */
3560#define NL80211_SCAN_RSSI_THOLD_OFF -300
3561
3562#define NL80211_CQM_TXE_MAX_INTVL 1800
3563
3564/**
3565 * enum nl80211_iftype - (virtual) interface types
3566 *
3567 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED: unspecified type, driver decides
3568 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC: independent BSS member
3569 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION: managed BSS member
3570 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP: access point
3571 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN: VLAN interface for access points; VLAN interfaces
3572 * are a bit special in that they must always be tied to a pre-existing
3573 * AP type interface.
3574 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_WDS: wireless distribution interface
3575 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR: monitor interface receiving all frames
3576 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT: mesh point
3577 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT: P2P client
3578 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO: P2P group owner
3579 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE: P2P device interface type, this is not a netdev
3580 * and therefore can't be created in the normal ways, use the
3581 * %NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE and %NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE
3582 * commands to create and destroy one
3583 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_OCB: Outside Context of a BSS
3584 * This mode corresponds to the MIB variable dot11OCBActivated=true
3585 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN: NAN device interface type (not a netdev)
3586 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX: highest interface type number currently defined
3587 * @NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES: number of defined interface types
3588 *
3589 * These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE
3590 * to set the type of an interface.
3591 *
3592 */
3593enum nl80211_iftype {
3594 NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED,
3595 NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC,
3596 NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION,
3597 NL80211_IFTYPE_AP,
3598 NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN,
3599 NL80211_IFTYPE_WDS,
3600 NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR,
3601 NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT,
3602 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT,
3603 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO,
3604 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE,
3605 NL80211_IFTYPE_OCB,
3606 NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN,
3607
3608 /* keep last */
3609 NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES,
3610 NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES - 1
3611};
3612
3613/**
3614 * enum nl80211_sta_flags - station flags
3615 *
3616 * Station flags. When a station is added to an AP interface, it is
3617 * assumed to be already associated (and hence authenticated.)
3618 *
3619 * @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3620 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED: station is authorized (802.1X)
3621 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE: station is capable of receiving frames
3622 * with short barker preamble
3623 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME: station is WME/QoS capable
3624 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP: station uses management frame protection
3625 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED: station is authenticated
3626 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER: station is a TDLS peer -- this flag should
3627 * only be used in managed mode (even in the flags mask). Note that the
3628 * flag can't be changed, it is only valid while adding a station, and
3629 * attempts to change it will silently be ignored (rather than rejected
3630 * as errors.)
3631 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED: station is associated; used with drivers
3632 * that support %NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE to transition a
3633 * previously added station into associated state
3634 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_SPP_AMSDU: station supports SPP A-MSDUs
3635 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX: highest station flag number currently defined
3636 * @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3637 */
3638enum nl80211_sta_flags {
3639 __NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID,
3640 NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED,
3641 NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE,
3642 NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME,
3643 NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP,
3644 NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED,
3645 NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER,
3646 NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED,
3647 NL80211_STA_FLAG_SPP_AMSDU,
3648
3649 /* keep last */
3650 __NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST,
3651 NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX = __NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST - 1
3652};
3653
3654/**
3655 * enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status - station support of P2P PS
3656 *
3657 * @NL80211_P2P_PS_UNSUPPORTED: station doesn't support P2P PS mechanism
3658 * @NL80211_P2P_PS_SUPPORTED: station supports P2P PS mechanism
3659 * @NUM_NL80211_P2P_PS_STATUS: number of values
3660 */
3661enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status {
3662 NL80211_P2P_PS_UNSUPPORTED = 0,
3663 NL80211_P2P_PS_SUPPORTED,
3664
3665 NUM_NL80211_P2P_PS_STATUS,
3666};
3667
3668#define NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX_OLD_API NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER
3669
3670/**
3671 * struct nl80211_sta_flag_update - station flags mask/set
3672 * @mask: mask of station flags to set
3673 * @set: which values to set them to
3674 *
3675 * Both mask and set contain bits as per &enum nl80211_sta_flags.
3676 */
3677struct nl80211_sta_flag_update {
3678 __u32 mask;
3679 __u32 set;
3680} __attribute__((packed));
3681
3682/**
3683 * enum nl80211_he_gi - HE guard interval
3684 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_0_8: 0.8 usec
3685 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_1_6: 1.6 usec
3686 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_3_2: 3.2 usec
3687 */
3688enum nl80211_he_gi {
3689 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_0_8,
3690 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_1_6,
3691 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_3_2,
3692};
3693
3694/**
3695 * enum nl80211_he_ltf - HE long training field
3696 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_1XLTF: 3.2 usec
3697 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_2XLTF: 6.4 usec
3698 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_4XLTF: 12.8 usec
3699 */
3700enum nl80211_he_ltf {
3701 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_1XLTF,
3702 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_2XLTF,
3703 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_4XLTF,
3704};
3705
3706/**
3707 * enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc - HE RU allocation values
3708 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_26: 26-tone RU allocation
3709 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_52: 52-tone RU allocation
3710 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_106: 106-tone RU allocation
3711 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_242: 242-tone RU allocation
3712 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_484: 484-tone RU allocation
3713 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_996: 996-tone RU allocation
3714 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_2x996: 2x996-tone RU allocation
3715 */
3716enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc {
3717 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_26,
3718 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_52,
3719 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_106,
3720 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_242,
3721 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_484,
3722 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_996,
3723 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_2x996,
3724};
3725
3726/**
3727 * enum nl80211_eht_gi - EHT guard interval
3728 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_0_8: 0.8 usec
3729 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_1_6: 1.6 usec
3730 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_3_2: 3.2 usec
3731 */
3732enum nl80211_eht_gi {
3733 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_0_8,
3734 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_1_6,
3735 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_3_2,
3736};
3737
3738/**
3739 * enum nl80211_eht_ru_alloc - EHT RU allocation values
3740 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_26: 26-tone RU allocation
3741 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_52: 52-tone RU allocation
3742 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_52P26: 52+26-tone RU allocation
3743 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_106: 106-tone RU allocation
3744 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_106P26: 106+26 tone RU allocation
3745 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_242: 242-tone RU allocation
3746 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_484: 484-tone RU allocation
3747 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_484P242: 484+242 tone RU allocation
3748 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996: 996-tone RU allocation
3749 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996P484: 996+484 tone RU allocation
3750 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996P484P242: 996+484+242 tone RU allocation
3751 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_2x996: 2x996-tone RU allocation
3752 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_2x996P484: 2x996+484 tone RU allocation
3753 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_3x996: 3x996-tone RU allocation
3754 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_3x996P484: 3x996+484 tone RU allocation
3755 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_4x996: 4x996-tone RU allocation
3756 */
3757enum nl80211_eht_ru_alloc {
3758 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_26,
3759 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_52,
3760 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_52P26,
3761 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_106,
3762 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_106P26,
3763 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_242,
3764 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_484,
3765 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_484P242,
3766 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996,
3767 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996P484,
3768 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996P484P242,
3769 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_2x996,
3770 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_2x996P484,
3771 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_3x996,
3772 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_3x996P484,
3773 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_4x996,
3774};
3775
3776/**
3777 * enum nl80211_rate_info - bitrate information
3778 *
3779 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_TXRATE
3780 * when getting information about the bitrate of a station.
3781 * There are 2 attributes for bitrate, a legacy one that represents
3782 * a 16-bit value, and new one that represents a 32-bit value.
3783 * If the rate value fits into 16 bit, both attributes are reported
3784 * with the same value. If the rate is too high to fit into 16 bits
3785 * (>6.5535Gbps) only 32-bit attribute is included.
3786 * User space tools encouraged to use the 32-bit attribute and fall
3787 * back to the 16-bit one for compatibility with older kernels.
3788 *
3789 * @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3790 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE: total bitrate (u16, 100kbit/s)
3791 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS: mcs index for 802.11n (u8)
3792 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH: 40 MHz dualchannel bitrate
3793 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI: 400ns guard interval
3794 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32: total bitrate (u32, 100kbit/s)
3795 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX: highest rate_info number currently defined
3796 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS: MCS index for VHT (u8)
3797 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS: number of streams in VHT (u8)
3798 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH: 80 MHz VHT rate
3799 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH: unused - 80+80 is treated the
3800 * same as 160 for purposes of the bitrates
3801 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH: 160 MHz VHT rate
3802 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_10_MHZ_WIDTH: 10 MHz width - note that this is
3803 * a legacy rate and will be reported as the actual bitrate, i.e.
3804 * half the base (20 MHz) rate
3805 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_5_MHZ_WIDTH: 5 MHz width - note that this is
3806 * a legacy rate and will be reported as the actual bitrate, i.e.
3807 * a quarter of the base (20 MHz) rate
3808 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_MCS: HE MCS index (u8, 0-11)
3809 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_NSS: HE NSS value (u8, 1-8)
3810 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI: HE guard interval identifier
3811 * (u8, see &enum nl80211_he_gi)
3812 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_DCM: HE DCM value (u8, 0/1)
3813 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC: HE RU allocation, if not present then
3814 * non-OFDMA was used (u8, see &enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc)
3815 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_320_MHZ_WIDTH: 320 MHz bitrate
3816 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_MCS: EHT MCS index (u8, 0-15)
3817 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_NSS: EHT NSS value (u8, 1-8)
3818 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI: EHT guard interval identifier
3819 * (u8, see &enum nl80211_eht_gi)
3820 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC: EHT RU allocation, if not present then
3821 * non-OFDMA was used (u8, see &enum nl80211_eht_ru_alloc)
3822 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_S1G_MCS: S1G MCS index (u8, 0-10)
3823 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_S1G_NSS: S1G NSS value (u8, 1-4)
3824 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_1_MHZ_WIDTH: 1 MHz S1G rate
3825 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_2_MHZ_WIDTH: 2 MHz S1G rate
3826 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_4_MHZ_WIDTH: 4 MHz S1G rate
3827 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_8_MHZ_WIDTH: 8 MHz S1G rate
3828 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_16_MHZ_WIDTH: 16 MHz S1G rate
3829 * @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3830 */
3831enum nl80211_rate_info {
3832 __NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID,
3833 NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE,
3834 NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS,
3835 NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH,
3836 NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI,
3837 NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32,
3838 NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS,
3839 NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS,
3840 NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH,
3841 NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH,
3842 NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH,
3843 NL80211_RATE_INFO_10_MHZ_WIDTH,
3844 NL80211_RATE_INFO_5_MHZ_WIDTH,
3845 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_MCS,
3846 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_NSS,
3847 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI,
3848 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_DCM,
3849 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC,
3850 NL80211_RATE_INFO_320_MHZ_WIDTH,
3851 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_MCS,
3852 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_NSS,
3853 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI,
3854 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC,
3855 NL80211_RATE_INFO_S1G_MCS,
3856 NL80211_RATE_INFO_S1G_NSS,
3857 NL80211_RATE_INFO_1_MHZ_WIDTH,
3858 NL80211_RATE_INFO_2_MHZ_WIDTH,
3859 NL80211_RATE_INFO_4_MHZ_WIDTH,
3860 NL80211_RATE_INFO_8_MHZ_WIDTH,
3861 NL80211_RATE_INFO_16_MHZ_WIDTH,
3862
3863 /* keep last */
3864 __NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
3865 NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
3866};
3867
3868/**
3869 * enum nl80211_sta_bss_param - BSS information collected by STA
3870 *
3871 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM
3872 * when getting information about the bitrate of a station.
3873 *
3874 * @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3875 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (flag)
3876 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled
3877 * (flag)
3878 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time is enabled
3879 * (flag)
3880 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing (u8)
3881 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL: Beacon interval (u16)
3882 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX: highest sta_bss_param number currently defined
3883 * @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3884 */
3885enum nl80211_sta_bss_param {
3886 __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID,
3887 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT,
3888 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE,
3889 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME,
3890 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD,
3891 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL,
3892
3893 /* keep last */
3894 __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST,
3895 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX = __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST - 1
3896};
3897
3898/**
3899 * enum nl80211_sta_info - station information
3900 *
3901 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO
3902 * when getting information about a station.
3903 *
3904 * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3905 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME: time since last activity (u32, msecs)
3906 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES: total received bytes (MPDU length)
3907 * (u32, from this station)
3908 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES: total transmitted bytes (MPDU length)
3909 * (u32, to this station)
3910 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64: total received bytes (MPDU length)
3911 * (u64, from this station)
3912 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64: total transmitted bytes (MPDU length)
3913 * (u64, to this station)
3914 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL: signal strength of last received PPDU (u8, dBm)
3915 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE: current unicast tx rate, nested attribute
3916 * containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_rate_info
3917 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS: total received packet (MSDUs and MMPDUs)
3918 * (u32, from this station)
3919 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS: total transmitted packets (MSDUs and MMPDUs)
3920 * (u32, to this station)
3921 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES: total retries (MPDUs) (u32, to this station)
3922 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED: total failed packets (MPDUs)
3923 * (u32, to this station)
3924 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average (u8, dBm)
3925 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID: the station's mesh LLID
3926 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID: the station's mesh PLID
3927 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE: peer link state for the station
3928 * (see %enum nl80211_plink_state)
3929 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE: last unicast data frame rx rate, nested
3930 * attribute, like NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE.
3931 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM: current station's view of BSS, nested attribute
3932 * containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_bss_param
3933 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME: time since the station is last connected
3934 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS: Contains a struct nl80211_sta_flag_update.
3935 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS: count of times beacon loss was detected (u32)
3936 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET: timing offset with respect to this STA (s64)
3937 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM: local mesh STA link-specific power mode
3938 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM: peer mesh STA link-specific power mode
3939 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM: neighbor mesh STA power save mode towards
3940 * non-peer STA
3941 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL: per-chain signal strength of last PPDU
3942 * Contains a nested array of signal strength attributes (u8, dBm)
3943 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG: per-chain signal strength average
3944 * Same format as NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL.
3945 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT: expected throughput considering also
3946 * the 802.11 header (u32, kbps)
3947 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC: RX packets dropped for unspecified reasons
3948 * (u64)
3949 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_RX: number of beacons received from this peer (u64)
3950 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average
3951 * for beacons only (u8, dBm)
3952 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TID_STATS: per-TID statistics (see &enum nl80211_tid_stats)
3953 * This is a nested attribute where each the inner attribute number is the
3954 * TID+1 and the special TID 16 (i.e. value 17) is used for non-QoS frames;
3955 * each one of those is again nested with &enum nl80211_tid_stats
3956 * attributes carrying the actual values.
3957 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION: aggregate PPDU duration for all frames
3958 * received from the station (u64, usec)
3959 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
3960 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL: signal strength of the last ACK frame(u8, dBm)
3961 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG: avg signal strength of ACK frames (s8, dBm)
3962 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_MPDUS: total number of received packets (MPDUs)
3963 * (u32, from this station)
3964 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_FCS_ERROR_COUNT: total number of packets (MPDUs) received
3965 * with an FCS error (u32, from this station). This count may not include
3966 * some packets with an FCS error due to TA corruption. Hence this counter
3967 * might not be fully accurate.
3968 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_GATE: set to true if STA has a path to a
3969 * mesh gate (u8, 0 or 1)
3970 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_DURATION: aggregate PPDU duration for all frames
3971 * sent to the station (u64, usec)
3972 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_WEIGHT: current airtime weight for station (u16)
3973 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_LINK_METRIC: airtime link metric for mesh station
3974 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ASSOC_AT_BOOTTIME: Timestamp (CLOCK_BOOTTIME, nanoseconds)
3975 * of STA's association
3976 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_AS: set to true if STA has a path to a
3977 * authentication server (u8, 0 or 1)
3978 * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal
3979 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX: highest possible station info attribute
3980 */
3981enum nl80211_sta_info {
3982 __NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID,
3983 NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME,
3984 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES,
3985 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES,
3986 NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID,
3987 NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID,
3988 NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE,
3989 NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL,
3990 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE,
3991 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS,
3992 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS,
3993 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES,
3994 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED,
3995 NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG,
3996 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE,
3997 NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM,
3998 NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME,
3999 NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS,
4000 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS,
4001 NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET,
4002 NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM,
4003 NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM,
4004 NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM,
4005 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64,
4006 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64,
4007 NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL,
4008 NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG,
4009 NL80211_STA_INFO_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT,
4010 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC,
4011 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_RX,
4012 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG,
4013 NL80211_STA_INFO_TID_STATS,
4014 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION,
4015 NL80211_STA_INFO_PAD,
4016 NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL,
4017 NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG,
4018 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_MPDUS,
4019 NL80211_STA_INFO_FCS_ERROR_COUNT,
4020 NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_GATE,
4021 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_DURATION,
4022 NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_WEIGHT,
4023 NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_LINK_METRIC,
4024 NL80211_STA_INFO_ASSOC_AT_BOOTTIME,
4025 NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_AS,
4026
4027 /* keep last */
4028 __NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
4029 NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
4030};
4031
4032/* we renamed this - stay compatible */
4033#define NL80211_STA_INFO_DATA_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG
4034
4035
4036/**
4037 * enum nl80211_tid_stats - per TID statistics attributes
4038 * @__NL80211_TID_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
4039 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_RX_MSDU: number of MSDUs received (u64)
4040 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU: number of MSDUs transmitted (or
4041 * attempted to transmit; u64)
4042 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_RETRIES: number of retries for
4043 * transmitted MSDUs (not counting the first attempt; u64)
4044 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_FAILED: number of failed transmitted
4045 * MSDUs (u64)
4046 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
4047 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TXQ_STATS: TXQ stats (nested attribute)
4048 * @NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS: number of attributes here
4049 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_MAX: highest numbered attribute here
4050 */
4051enum nl80211_tid_stats {
4052 __NL80211_TID_STATS_INVALID,
4053 NL80211_TID_STATS_RX_MSDU,
4054 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU,
4055 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_RETRIES,
4056 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_FAILED,
4057 NL80211_TID_STATS_PAD,
4058 NL80211_TID_STATS_TXQ_STATS,
4059
4060 /* keep last */
4061 NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS,
4062 NL80211_TID_STATS_MAX = NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS - 1
4063};
4064
4065/**
4066 * enum nl80211_txq_stats - per TXQ statistics attributes
4067 * @__NL80211_TXQ_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
4068 * @NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS: number of attributes here
4069 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_BYTES: number of bytes currently backlogged
4070 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_PACKETS: number of packets currently
4071 * backlogged
4072 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_FLOWS: total number of new flows seen
4073 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_DROPS: total number of packet drops
4074 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_ECN_MARKS: total number of packet ECN marks
4075 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERLIMIT: number of drops due to queue space overflow
4076 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERMEMORY: number of drops due to memory limit overflow
4077 * (only for per-phy stats)
4078 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_COLLISIONS: number of hash collisions
4079 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_BYTES: total number of bytes dequeued from TXQ
4080 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_PACKETS: total number of packets dequeued from TXQ
4081 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX_FLOWS: number of flow buckets for PHY
4082 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX: highest numbered attribute here
4083 */
4084enum nl80211_txq_stats {
4085 __NL80211_TXQ_STATS_INVALID,
4086 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_BYTES,
4087 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_PACKETS,
4088 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_FLOWS,
4089 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_DROPS,
4090 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_ECN_MARKS,
4091 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERLIMIT,
4092 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERMEMORY,
4093 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_COLLISIONS,
4094 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_BYTES,
4095 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_PACKETS,
4096 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX_FLOWS,
4097
4098 /* keep last */
4099 NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS,
4100 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX = NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS - 1
4101};
4102
4103/**
4104 * enum nl80211_mpath_flags - nl80211 mesh path flags
4105 *
4106 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_ACTIVE: the mesh path is active
4107 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVING: the mesh path discovery process is running
4108 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_SN_VALID: the mesh path contains a valid SN
4109 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_FIXED: the mesh path has been manually set
4110 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVED: the mesh path discovery process succeeded
4111 */
4112enum nl80211_mpath_flags {
4113 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_ACTIVE = 1<<0,
4114 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVING = 1<<1,
4115 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_SN_VALID = 1<<2,
4116 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_FIXED = 1<<3,
4117 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVED = 1<<4,
4118};
4119
4120/**
4121 * enum nl80211_mpath_info - mesh path information
4122 *
4123 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO when getting
4124 * information about a mesh path.
4125 *
4126 * @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
4127 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN: number of queued frames for this destination
4128 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN: destination sequence number
4129 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC: metric (cost) of this mesh path
4130 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME: expiration time for the path, in msec from now
4131 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS: mesh path flags, enumerated in
4132 * &enum nl80211_mpath_flags;
4133 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: total path discovery timeout, in msec
4134 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES: mesh path discovery retries
4135 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT: hop count to destination
4136 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE: total number of path changes to destination
4137 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX: highest mesh path information attribute number
4138 * currently defined
4139 * @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4140 */
4141enum nl80211_mpath_info {
4142 __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID,
4143 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN,
4144 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN,
4145 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC,
4146 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME,
4147 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS,
4148 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT,
4149 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES,
4150 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT,
4151 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE,
4152
4153 /* keep last */
4154 __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
4155 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
4156};
4157
4158/**
4159 * enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr - Interface type data attributes
4160 *
4161 * @__NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
4162 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing a flag attribute
4163 * for each interface type that supports the band data
4164 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MAC: HE MAC capabilities as in HE
4165 * capabilities IE
4166 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PHY: HE PHY capabilities as in HE
4167 * capabilities IE
4168 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MCS_SET: HE supported NSS/MCS as in HE
4169 * capabilities IE
4170 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PPE: HE PPE thresholds information as
4171 * defined in HE capabilities IE
4172 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPA: HE 6GHz band capabilities (__le16),
4173 * given for all 6 GHz band channels
4174 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_VENDOR_ELEMS: vendor element capabilities that are
4175 * advertised on this band/for this iftype (binary)
4176 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_MAC: EHT MAC capabilities as in EHT
4177 * capabilities element
4178 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_PHY: EHT PHY capabilities as in EHT
4179 * capabilities element
4180 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_MCS_SET: EHT supported NSS/MCS as in EHT
4181 * capabilities element
4182 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_PPE: EHT PPE thresholds information as
4183 * defined in EHT capabilities element
4184 * @__NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4185 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_MAX: highest band attribute currently defined
4186 */
4187enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr {
4188 __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_INVALID,
4189
4190 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_IFTYPES,
4191 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MAC,
4192 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PHY,
4193 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MCS_SET,
4194 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PPE,
4195 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPA,
4196 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_VENDOR_ELEMS,
4197 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_MAC,
4198 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_PHY,
4199 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_MCS_SET,
4200 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_PPE,
4201
4202 /* keep last */
4203 __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
4204 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
4205};
4206
4207/**
4208 * enum nl80211_band_attr - band attributes
4209 * @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
4210 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_FREQS: supported frequencies in this band,
4211 * an array of nested frequency attributes
4212 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_RATES: supported bitrates in this band,
4213 * an array of nested bitrate attributes
4214 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET: 16-byte attribute containing the MCS set as
4215 * defined in 802.11n
4216 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA: HT capabilities, as in the HT information IE
4217 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR: A-MPDU factor, as in 11n
4218 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY: A-MPDU density, as in 11n
4219 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET: 32-byte attribute containing the MCS set as
4220 * defined in 802.11ac
4221 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA: VHT capabilities, as in the HT information IE
4222 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_IFTYPE_DATA: nested array attribute, with each entry using
4223 * attributes from &enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr
4224 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_CHANNELS: bitmap that indicates the 2.16 GHz
4225 * channel(s) that are allowed to be used for EDMG transmissions.
4226 * Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251.
4227 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_BW_CONFIG: Channel BW Configuration subfield encodes
4228 * the allowed channel bandwidth configurations.
4229 * Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251, Table 13.
4230 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_S1G_MCS_NSS_SET: S1G capabilities, supported S1G-MCS and NSS
4231 * set subfield, as in the S1G information IE, 5 bytes
4232 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_S1G_CAPA: S1G capabilities information subfield as in the
4233 * S1G information IE, 10 bytes
4234 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX: highest band attribute currently defined
4235 * @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4236 */
4237enum nl80211_band_attr {
4238 __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID,
4239 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_FREQS,
4240 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_RATES,
4241
4242 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET,
4243 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA,
4244 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR,
4245 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY,
4246
4247 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET,
4248 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA,
4249 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_IFTYPE_DATA,
4250
4251 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_CHANNELS,
4252 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_BW_CONFIG,
4253
4254 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_S1G_MCS_NSS_SET,
4255 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_S1G_CAPA,
4256
4257 /* keep last */
4258 __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
4259 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
4260};
4261
4262#define NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA
4263
4264/**
4265 * enum nl80211_wmm_rule - regulatory wmm rule
4266 *
4267 * @__NL80211_WMMR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
4268 * @NL80211_WMMR_CW_MIN: Minimum contention window slot.
4269 * @NL80211_WMMR_CW_MAX: Maximum contention window slot.
4270 * @NL80211_WMMR_AIFSN: Arbitration Inter Frame Space.
4271 * @NL80211_WMMR_TXOP: Maximum allowed tx operation time.
4272 * @NL80211_WMMR_MAX: highest possible wmm rule.
4273 * @__NL80211_WMMR_LAST: Internal use.
4274 */
4275enum nl80211_wmm_rule {
4276 __NL80211_WMMR_INVALID,
4277 NL80211_WMMR_CW_MIN,
4278 NL80211_WMMR_CW_MAX,
4279 NL80211_WMMR_AIFSN,
4280 NL80211_WMMR_TXOP,
4281
4282 /* keep last */
4283 __NL80211_WMMR_LAST,
4284 NL80211_WMMR_MAX = __NL80211_WMMR_LAST - 1
4285};
4286
4287/**
4288 * enum nl80211_frequency_attr - frequency attributes
4289 * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
4290 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ: Frequency in MHz
4291 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED: Channel is disabled in current
4292 * regulatory domain.
4293 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation
4294 * are permitted on this channel, this includes sending probe
4295 * requests, or modes of operation that require beaconing.
4296 * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS: obsolete, same as _NO_IR
4297 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR: Radar detection is mandatory
4298 * on this channel in current regulatory domain.
4299 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER: Maximum transmission power in mBm
4300 * (100 * dBm).
4301 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE: current state for DFS
4302 * (enum nl80211_dfs_state)
4303 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME: time in milliseconds for how long
4304 * this channel is in this DFS state.
4305 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS: HT40- isn't possible with this
4306 * channel as the control channel
4307 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS: HT40+ isn't possible with this
4308 * channel as the control channel
4309 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ: any 80 MHz channel using this channel
4310 * as the primary or any of the secondary channels isn't possible,
4311 * this includes 80+80 channels
4312 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ: any 160 MHz (but not 80+80) channel
4313 * using this channel as the primary or any of the secondary channels
4314 * isn't possible
4315 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds.
4316 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY: Only indoor use is permitted on this
4317 * channel. A channel that has the INDOOR_ONLY attribute can only be
4318 * used when there is a clear assessment that the device is operating in
4319 * an indoor surroundings, i.e., it is connected to AC power (and not
4320 * through portable DC inverters) or is under the control of a master
4321 * that is acting as an AP and is connected to AC power.
4322 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT: IR operation is allowed on this
4323 * channel if it's connected concurrently to a BSS on the same channel on
4324 * the 2 GHz band or to a channel in the same UNII band (on the 5 GHz
4325 * band), and IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR is not set. Instantiating a GO or TDLS
4326 * off-channel on a channel that has the IR_CONCURRENT attribute set can be
4327 * done when there is a clear assessment that the device is operating under
4328 * the guidance of an authorized master, i.e., setting up a GO or TDLS
4329 * off-channel while the device is also connected to an AP with DFS and
4330 * radar detection on the UNII band (it is up to user-space, i.e.,
4331 * wpa_supplicant to perform the required verifications). Using this
4332 * attribute for IR is disallowed for master interfaces (IBSS, AP).
4333 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ: 20 MHz operation is not allowed
4334 * on this channel in current regulatory domain.
4335 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ: 10 MHz operation is not allowed
4336 * on this channel in current regulatory domain.
4337 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_WMM: this channel has wmm limitations.
4338 * This is a nested attribute that contains the wmm limitation per AC.
4339 * (see &enum nl80211_wmm_rule)
4340 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HE: HE operation is not allowed on this channel
4341 * in current regulatory domain.
4342 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_OFFSET: frequency offset in KHz
4343 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_1MHZ: 1 MHz operation is allowed
4344 * on this channel in current regulatory domain.
4345 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_2MHZ: 2 MHz operation is allowed
4346 * on this channel in current regulatory domain.
4347 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_4MHZ: 4 MHz operation is allowed
4348 * on this channel in current regulatory domain.
4349 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_8MHZ: 8 MHz operation is allowed
4350 * on this channel in current regulatory domain.
4351 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_16MHZ: 16 MHz operation is allowed
4352 * on this channel in current regulatory domain.
4353 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_320MHZ: any 320 MHz channel using this channel
4354 * as the primary or any of the secondary channels isn't possible
4355 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_EHT: EHT operation is not allowed on this channel
4356 * in current regulatory domain.
4357 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_PSD: Power spectral density (in dBm) that
4358 * is allowed on this channel in current regulatory domain.
4359 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CONCURRENT: Operation on this channel is
4360 * allowed for peer-to-peer or adhoc communication under the control
4361 * of a DFS master which operates on the same channel (FCC-594280 D01
4362 * Section B.3). Should be used together with %NL80211_RRF_DFS only.
4363 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_6GHZ_VLP_CLIENT: Client connection to VLP AP
4364 * not allowed using this channel
4365 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_6GHZ_AFC_CLIENT: Client connection to AFC AP
4366 * not allowed using this channel
4367 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_CAN_MONITOR: This channel can be used in monitor
4368 * mode despite other (regulatory) restrictions, even if the channel is
4369 * otherwise completely disabled.
4370 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_ALLOW_6GHZ_VLP_AP: This channel can be used for a
4371 * very low power (VLP) AP, despite being NO_IR.
4372 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_ALLOW_20MHZ_ACTIVITY: This channel can be active in
4373 * 20 MHz bandwidth, despite being NO_IR.
4374 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX: highest frequency attribute number
4375 * currently defined
4376 * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4377 *
4378 * See https://apps.fcc.gov/eas/comments/GetPublishedDocument.html?id=327&tn=528122
4379 * for more information on the FCC description of the relaxations allowed
4380 * by NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY and
4381 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT.
4382 */
4383enum nl80211_frequency_attr {
4384 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID,
4385 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ,
4386 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED,
4387 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR,
4388 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS,
4389 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR,
4390 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER,
4391 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE,
4392 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME,
4393 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS,
4394 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS,
4395 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ,
4396 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ,
4397 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME,
4398 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY,
4399 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT,
4400 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ,
4401 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ,
4402 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_WMM,
4403 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HE,
4404 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_OFFSET,
4405 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_1MHZ,
4406 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_2MHZ,
4407 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_4MHZ,
4408 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_8MHZ,
4409 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_16MHZ,
4410 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_320MHZ,
4411 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_EHT,
4412 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_PSD,
4413 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CONCURRENT,
4414 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_6GHZ_VLP_CLIENT,
4415 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_6GHZ_AFC_CLIENT,
4416 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_CAN_MONITOR,
4417 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_ALLOW_6GHZ_VLP_AP,
4418 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_ALLOW_20MHZ_ACTIVITY,
4419
4420 /* keep last */
4421 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
4422 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
4423};
4424
4425#define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER
4426#define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_PASSIVE_SCAN NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR
4427#define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR
4428#define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR
4429#define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_GO_CONCURRENT \
4430 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT
4431#define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_UHB_VLP_CLIENT \
4432 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_6GHZ_VLP_CLIENT
4433#define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_UHB_AFC_CLIENT \
4434 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_6GHZ_AFC_CLIENT
4435
4436/**
4437 * enum nl80211_bitrate_attr - bitrate attributes
4438 * @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
4439 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE: Bitrate in units of 100 kbps
4440 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE: Short preamble supported
4441 * in 2.4 GHz band.
4442 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX: highest bitrate attribute number
4443 * currently defined
4444 * @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4445 */
4446enum nl80211_bitrate_attr {
4447 __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID,
4448 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE,
4449 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE,
4450
4451 /* keep last */
4452 __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
4453 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
4454};
4455
4456/**
4457 * enum nl80211_reg_initiator - Indicates the initiator of a reg domain request
4458 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE: Core queried CRDA for a dynamic world
4459 * regulatory domain.
4460 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER: User asked the wireless core to set the
4461 * regulatory domain.
4462 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER: a wireless drivers has hinted to the
4463 * wireless core it thinks its knows the regulatory domain we should be in.
4464 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE: the wireless core has received an
4465 * 802.11 country information element with regulatory information it
4466 * thinks we should consider. cfg80211 only processes the country
4467 * code from the IE, and relies on the regulatory domain information
4468 * structure passed by userspace (CRDA) from our wireless-regdb.
4469 * If a channel is enabled but the country code indicates it should
4470 * be disabled we disable the channel and re-enable it upon disassociation.
4471 */
4472enum nl80211_reg_initiator {
4473 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE,
4474 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER,
4475 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER,
4476 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE,
4477};
4478
4479/**
4480 * enum nl80211_reg_type - specifies the type of regulatory domain
4481 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY: the regulatory domain set is one that pertains
4482 * to a specific country. When this is set you can count on the
4483 * ISO / IEC 3166 alpha2 country code being valid.
4484 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD: the regulatory set domain is the world regulatory
4485 * domain.
4486 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD: the regulatory domain set is a custom
4487 * driver specific world regulatory domain. These do not apply system-wide
4488 * and are only applicable to the individual devices which have requested
4489 * them to be applied.
4490 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION: the regulatory domain set is the product
4491 * of an intersection between two regulatory domains -- the previously
4492 * set regulatory domain on the system and the last accepted regulatory
4493 * domain request to be processed.
4494 */
4495enum nl80211_reg_type {
4496 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY,
4497 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD,
4498 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD,
4499 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION,
4500};
4501
4502/**
4503 * enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr - regulatory rule attributes
4504 * @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
4505 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS: a set of flags which specify additional
4506 * considerations for a given frequency range. These are the
4507 * &enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags.
4508 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START: starting frequencry for the regulatory
4509 * rule in KHz. This is not a center of frequency but an actual regulatory
4510 * band edge.
4511 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END: ending frequency for the regulatory rule
4512 * in KHz. This is not a center a frequency but an actual regulatory
4513 * band edge.
4514 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW: maximum allowed bandwidth for this
4515 * frequency range, in KHz.
4516 * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN: the maximum allowed antenna gain
4517 * for a given frequency range. The value is in mBi (100 * dBi).
4518 * If you don't have one then don't send this.
4519 * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP: the maximum allowed EIRP for
4520 * a given frequency range. The value is in mBm (100 * dBm).
4521 * @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds.
4522 * If not present or 0 default CAC time will be used.
4523 * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_PSD: power spectral density (in dBm).
4524 * This could be negative.
4525 * @NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX: highest regulatory rule attribute number
4526 * currently defined
4527 * @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4528 */
4529enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr {
4530 __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID,
4531 NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS,
4532
4533 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START,
4534 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END,
4535 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW,
4536
4537 NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN,
4538 NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP,
4539
4540 NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME,
4541
4542 NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_PSD,
4543
4544 /* keep last */
4545 __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
4546 NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
4547};
4548
4549/**
4550 * enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr - scheduled scan match attributes
4551 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
4552 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID: SSID to be used for matching,
4553 * only report BSS with matching SSID.
4554 * (This cannot be used together with BSSID.)
4555 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI: RSSI threshold (in dBm) for reporting a
4556 * BSS in scan results. Filtering is turned off if not specified. Note that
4557 * if this attribute is in a match set of its own, then it is treated as
4558 * the default value for all matchsets with an SSID, rather than being a
4559 * matchset of its own without an RSSI filter. This is due to problems with
4560 * how this API was implemented in the past. Also, due to the same problem,
4561 * the only way to create a matchset with only an RSSI filter (with this
4562 * attribute) is if there's only a single matchset with the RSSI attribute.
4563 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RELATIVE_RSSI: Flag indicating whether
4564 * %NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI to be used as absolute RSSI or
4565 * relative to current bss's RSSI.
4566 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for
4567 * BSS-es in the specified band is to be adjusted before doing
4568 * RSSI-based BSS selection. The attribute value is a packed structure
4569 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust.
4570 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_BSSID: BSSID to be used for matching
4571 * (this cannot be used together with SSID).
4572 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_PER_BAND_RSSI: Obsolete
4573 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX: highest scheduled scan filter
4574 * attribute number currently defined
4575 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4576 */
4577enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr {
4578 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID,
4579
4580 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID,
4581 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI,
4582 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RELATIVE_RSSI,
4583 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST,
4584 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_BSSID,
4585 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_PER_BAND_RSSI, /* obsolete */
4586
4587 /* keep last */
4588 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
4589 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX =
4590 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
4591};
4592
4593/* only for backward compatibility */
4594#define NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_SSID NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID
4595
4596/**
4597 * enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags - regulatory rule flags
4598 *
4599 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM: OFDM modulation not allowed
4600 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_CCK: CCK modulation not allowed
4601 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_INDOOR: indoor operation not allowed
4602 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_OUTDOOR: outdoor operation not allowed
4603 * @NL80211_RRF_DFS: DFS support is required to be used
4604 * @NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Point links
4605 * @NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Multi Point links
4606 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation are allowed,
4607 * this includes probe requests or modes of operation that require
4608 * beaconing.
4609 * @__NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS: obsolete, same as NO_IR
4610 * @NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW: maximum available bandwidth should be calculated
4611 * base on contiguous rules and wider channels will be allowed to cross
4612 * multiple contiguous/overlapping frequency ranges.
4613 * @NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT: See %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT
4614 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS: channels can't be used in HT40- operation
4615 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS: channels can't be used in HT40+ operation
4616 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ: 80MHz operation not allowed
4617 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ: 160MHz operation not allowed
4618 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HE: HE operation not allowed
4619 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_320MHZ: 320MHz operation not allowed
4620 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_EHT: EHT operation not allowed
4621 * @NL80211_RRF_PSD: Ruleset has power spectral density value
4622 * @NL80211_RRF_DFS_CONCURRENT: Operation on this channel is allowed for
4623 * peer-to-peer or adhoc communication under the control of a DFS master
4624 * which operates on the same channel (FCC-594280 D01 Section B.3).
4625 * Should be used together with %NL80211_RRF_DFS only.
4626 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_6GHZ_VLP_CLIENT: Client connection to VLP AP not allowed
4627 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_6GHZ_AFC_CLIENT: Client connection to AFC AP not allowed
4628 * @NL80211_RRF_ALLOW_6GHZ_VLP_AP: Very low power (VLP) AP can be permitted
4629 * despite NO_IR configuration.
4630 * @NL80211_RRF_ALLOW_20MHZ_ACTIVITY: Allow activity in 20 MHz bandwidth,
4631 * despite NO_IR configuration.
4632 */
4633enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags {
4634 NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM = 1 << 0,
4635 NL80211_RRF_NO_CCK = 1 << 1,
4636 NL80211_RRF_NO_INDOOR = 1 << 2,
4637 NL80211_RRF_NO_OUTDOOR = 1 << 3,
4638 NL80211_RRF_DFS = 1 << 4,
4639 NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY = 1 << 5,
4640 NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY = 1 << 6,
4641 NL80211_RRF_NO_IR = 1 << 7,
4642 __NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS = 1 << 8,
4643 NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW = 1 << 11,
4644 NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT = 1 << 12,
4645 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS = 1 << 13,
4646 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS = 1 << 14,
4647 NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ = 1 << 15,
4648 NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ = 1 << 16,
4649 NL80211_RRF_NO_HE = 1 << 17,
4650 NL80211_RRF_NO_320MHZ = 1 << 18,
4651 NL80211_RRF_NO_EHT = 1 << 19,
4652 NL80211_RRF_PSD = 1 << 20,
4653 NL80211_RRF_DFS_CONCURRENT = 1 << 21,
4654 NL80211_RRF_NO_6GHZ_VLP_CLIENT = 1 << 22,
4655 NL80211_RRF_NO_6GHZ_AFC_CLIENT = 1 << 23,
4656 NL80211_RRF_ALLOW_6GHZ_VLP_AP = 1 << 24,
4657 NL80211_RRF_ALLOW_20MHZ_ACTIVITY = 1 << 25,
4658};
4659
4660#define NL80211_RRF_PASSIVE_SCAN NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
4661#define NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
4662#define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
4663#define NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40 (NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS |\
4664 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS)
4665#define NL80211_RRF_GO_CONCURRENT NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT
4666#define NL80211_RRF_NO_UHB_VLP_CLIENT NL80211_RRF_NO_6GHZ_VLP_CLIENT
4667#define NL80211_RRF_NO_UHB_AFC_CLIENT NL80211_RRF_NO_6GHZ_AFC_CLIENT
4668
4669/* For backport compatibility with older userspace */
4670#define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR_ALL (NL80211_RRF_NO_IR | __NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS)
4671
4672/**
4673 * enum nl80211_dfs_regions - regulatory DFS regions
4674 *
4675 * @NL80211_DFS_UNSET: Country has no DFS master region specified
4676 * @NL80211_DFS_FCC: Country follows DFS master rules from FCC
4677 * @NL80211_DFS_ETSI: Country follows DFS master rules from ETSI
4678 * @NL80211_DFS_JP: Country follows DFS master rules from JP/MKK/Telec
4679 */
4680enum nl80211_dfs_regions {
4681 NL80211_DFS_UNSET = 0,
4682 NL80211_DFS_FCC = 1,
4683 NL80211_DFS_ETSI = 2,
4684 NL80211_DFS_JP = 3,
4685};
4686
4687/**
4688 * enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type - type of user regulatory hint
4689 *
4690 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER: a user sent the hint. This is always
4691 * assumed if the attribute is not set.
4692 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE: the hint comes from a cellular
4693 * base station. Device drivers that have been tested to work
4694 * properly to support this type of hint can enable these hints
4695 * by setting the NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS feature
4696 * capability on the struct wiphy. The wireless core will
4697 * ignore all cell base station hints until at least one device
4698 * present has been registered with the wireless core that
4699 * has listed NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS as a
4700 * supported feature.
4701 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR: a user sent an hint indicating that the
4702 * platform is operating in an indoor environment.
4703 */
4704enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type {
4705 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER = 0,
4706 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE = 1,
4707 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR = 2,
4708};
4709
4710/**
4711 * enum nl80211_survey_info - survey information
4712 *
4713 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO
4714 * when getting information about a survey.
4715 *
4716 * @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
4717 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY: center frequency of channel
4718 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE: noise level of channel (u8, dBm)
4719 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE: channel is currently being used
4720 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME: amount of time (in ms) that the radio
4721 * was turned on (on channel or globally)
4722 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY: amount of the time the primary
4723 * channel was sensed busy (either due to activity or energy detect)
4724 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY: amount of time the extension
4725 * channel was sensed busy
4726 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX: amount of time the radio spent
4727 * receiving data (on channel or globally)
4728 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX: amount of time the radio spent
4729 * transmitting data (on channel or globally)
4730 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN: time the radio spent for scan
4731 * (on this channel or globally)
4732 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
4733 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX: amount of time the radio spent
4734 * receiving frames destined to the local BSS
4735 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX: highest survey info attribute number
4736 * currently defined
4737 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY_OFFSET: center frequency offset in KHz
4738 * @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4739 */
4740enum nl80211_survey_info {
4741 __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID,
4742 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY,
4743 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE,
4744 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE,
4745 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME,
4746 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY,
4747 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY,
4748 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX,
4749 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX,
4750 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN,
4751 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_PAD,
4752 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX,
4753 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY_OFFSET,
4754
4755 /* keep last */
4756 __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
4757 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
4758};
4759
4760/* keep old names for compatibility */
4761#define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME
4762#define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_BUSY NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY
4763#define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_EXT_BUSY NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY
4764#define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_RX NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX
4765#define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_TX NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX
4766
4767/**
4768 * enum nl80211_mntr_flags - monitor configuration flags
4769 *
4770 * Monitor configuration flags.
4771 *
4772 * @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID: reserved
4773 *
4774 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL: pass frames with bad FCS
4775 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with bad PLCP
4776 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL: pass control frames
4777 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS: disable BSSID filtering
4778 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES: deprecated
4779 * will unconditionally be refused
4780 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE: use the configured MAC address
4781 * and ACK incoming unicast packets.
4782 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_SKIP_TX: do not pass local tx packets
4783 *
4784 * @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4785 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX: highest possible monitor flag
4786 */
4787enum nl80211_mntr_flags {
4788 __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID,
4789 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL,
4790 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL,
4791 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL,
4792 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS,
4793 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES,
4794 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE,
4795 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_SKIP_TX,
4796
4797 /* keep last */
4798 __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST,
4799 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX = __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST - 1
4800};
4801
4802/**
4803 * enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode - mesh power save modes
4804 *
4805 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN: The mesh power mode of the mesh STA is
4806 * not known or has not been set yet.
4807 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE: Active mesh power mode. The mesh STA is
4808 * in Awake state all the time.
4809 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP: Light sleep mode. The mesh STA will
4810 * alternate between Active and Doze states, but will wake up for
4811 * neighbor's beacons.
4812 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP: Deep sleep mode. The mesh STA will
4813 * alternate between Active and Doze states, but may not wake up
4814 * for neighbor's beacons.
4815 *
4816 * @__NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4817 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX: highest possible power save level
4818 */
4819
4820enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode {
4821 NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN,
4822 NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE,
4823 NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP,
4824 NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP,
4825
4826 __NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST,
4827 NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST - 1
4828};
4829
4830/**
4831 * enum nl80211_meshconf_params - mesh configuration parameters
4832 *
4833 * Mesh configuration parameters. These can be changed while the mesh is
4834 * active.
4835 *
4836 * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID: internal use
4837 *
4838 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial retry timeout in
4839 * millisecond units, used by the Peer Link Open message
4840 *
4841 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial confirm timeout, in
4842 * millisecond units, used by the peer link management to close a peer link
4843 *
4844 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT: specifies the holding timeout, in
4845 * millisecond units
4846 *
4847 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS: maximum number of peer links allowed
4848 * on this mesh interface
4849 *
4850 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES: specifies the maximum number of peer link
4851 * open retries that can be sent to establish a new peer link instance in a
4852 * mesh
4853 *
4854 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a source mesh
4855 * point.
4856 *
4857 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS: whether we should automatically open
4858 * peer links when we detect compatible mesh peers. Disabled if
4859 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM or @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE are
4860 * set.
4861 *
4862 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES: the number of action frames
4863 * containing a PREQ that an MP can send to a particular destination (path
4864 * target)
4865 *
4866 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME: how frequently to refresh mesh paths
4867 * (in milliseconds)
4868 *
4869 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: minimum length of time to wait
4870 * until giving up on a path discovery (in milliseconds)
4871 *
4872 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for which mesh
4873 * points receiving a PREQ shall consider the forwarding information from
4874 * the root to be valid. (TU = time unit)
4875 *
4876 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in
4877 * TUs) during which an MP can send only one action frame containing a PREQ
4878 * reference element
4879 *
4880 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME: The interval of time (in TUs)
4881 * that it takes for an HWMP information element to propagate across the
4882 * mesh
4883 *
4884 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE: whether root mode is enabled or not
4885 *
4886 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a
4887 * source mesh point for path selection elements.
4888 *
4889 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL: The interval of time (in TUs) between
4890 * root announcements are transmitted.
4891 *
4892 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS: Advertise that this mesh station has
4893 * access to a broader network beyond the MBSS. This is done via Root
4894 * Announcement frames.
4895 *
4896 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in
4897 * TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing a
4898 * PERR element.
4899 *
4900 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING: set Mesh STA as forwarding or non-forwarding
4901 * or forwarding entity (default is TRUE - forwarding entity)
4902 *
4903 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This specifies the
4904 * threshold for average signal strength of candidate station to establish
4905 * a peer link.
4906 *
4907 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR: maximum number of neighbors
4908 * to synchronize to for 11s default synchronization method
4909 * (see 11C.12.2.2)
4910 *
4911 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE: set mesh HT protection mode.
4912 *
4913 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh configuration attribute
4914 *
4915 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for
4916 * which mesh STAs receiving a proactive PREQ shall consider the forwarding
4917 * information to the root mesh STA to be valid.
4918 *
4919 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL: The interval of time (in TUs) between
4920 * proactive PREQs are transmitted.
4921 *
4922 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time
4923 * (in TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame
4924 * containing a PREQ element for root path confirmation.
4925 *
4926 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE: Default mesh power mode for new peer links.
4927 * type &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode (u32)
4928 *
4929 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW: awake window duration (in TUs)
4930 *
4931 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT: If no tx activity is seen from a STA we've
4932 * established peering with for longer than this time (in seconds), then
4933 * remove it from the STA's list of peers. You may set this to 0 to disable
4934 * the removal of the STA. Default is 30 minutes.
4935 *
4936 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_GATE: If set to true then this mesh STA
4937 * will advertise that it is connected to a gate in the mesh formation
4938 * field. If left unset then the mesh formation field will only
4939 * advertise such if there is an active root mesh path.
4940 *
4941 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_NOLEARN: Try to avoid multi-hop path discovery (e.g.
4942 * PREQ/PREP for HWMP) if the destination is a direct neighbor. Note that
4943 * this might not be the optimal decision as a multi-hop route might be
4944 * better. So if using this setting you will likely also want to disable
4945 * dot11MeshForwarding and use another mesh routing protocol on top.
4946 *
4947 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_AS: If set to true then this mesh STA
4948 * will advertise that it is connected to a authentication server
4949 * in the mesh formation field.
4950 *
4951 * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4952 */
4953enum nl80211_meshconf_params {
4954 __NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID,
4955 NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT,
4956 NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT,
4957 NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT,
4958 NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS,
4959 NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES,
4960 NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL,
4961 NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS,
4962 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES,
4963 NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME,
4964 NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT,
4965 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT,
4966 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL,
4967 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME,
4968 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE,
4969 NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL,
4970 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL,
4971 NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS,
4972 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL,
4973 NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING,
4974 NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD,
4975 NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR,
4976 NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE,
4977 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT,
4978 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL,
4979 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL,
4980 NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE,
4981 NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW,
4982 NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT,
4983 NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_GATE,
4984 NL80211_MESHCONF_NOLEARN,
4985 NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_AS,
4986
4987 /* keep last */
4988 __NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
4989 NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
4990};
4991
4992/**
4993 * enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params - mesh setup parameters
4994 *
4995 * Mesh setup parameters. These are used to start/join a mesh and cannot be
4996 * changed while the mesh is active.
4997 *
4998 * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID: Internal use
4999 *
5000 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL: Enable this option to use a
5001 * vendor specific path selection algorithm or disable it to use the
5002 * default HWMP.
5003 *
5004 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC: Enable this option to use a
5005 * vendor specific path metric or disable it to use the default Airtime
5006 * metric.
5007 *
5008 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE: Information elements for this mesh, for instance, a
5009 * robust security network ie, or a vendor specific information element
5010 * that vendors will use to identify the path selection methods and
5011 * metrics in use.
5012 *
5013 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH: Enable this option if an authentication
5014 * daemon will be authenticating mesh candidates.
5015 *
5016 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE: Enable this option if an authentication
5017 * daemon will be securing peer link frames. AMPE is a secured version of
5018 * Mesh Peering Management (MPM) and is implemented with the assistance of
5019 * a userspace daemon. When this flag is set, the kernel will send peer
5020 * management frames to a userspace daemon that will implement AMPE
5021 * functionality (security capabilities selection, key confirmation, and
5022 * key management). When the flag is unset (default), the kernel can
5023 * autonomously complete (unsecured) mesh peering without the need of a
5024 * userspace daemon.
5025 *
5026 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC: Enable this option to use a
5027 * vendor specific synchronization method or disable it to use the default
5028 * neighbor offset synchronization
5029 *
5030 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM: Enable this option if userspace will
5031 * implement an MPM which handles peer allocation and state.
5032 *
5033 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL: Inform the kernel of the authentication
5034 * method (u8, as defined in IEEE 8.4.2.100.6, e.g. 0x1 for SAE).
5035 * Default is no authentication method required.
5036 *
5037 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh setup attribute number
5038 *
5039 * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal use
5040 */
5041enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params {
5042 __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID,
5043 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL,
5044 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC,
5045 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE,
5046 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH,
5047 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE,
5048 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC,
5049 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM,
5050 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL,
5051
5052 /* keep last */
5053 __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
5054 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
5055};
5056
5057/**
5058 * enum nl80211_txq_attr - TX queue parameter attributes
5059 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID: Attribute number 0 is reserved
5060 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC: AC identifier (NL80211_AC_*)
5061 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP: Maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning
5062 * disabled
5063 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN: Minimum contention window [a value of the form
5064 * 2^n-1 in the range 1..32767]
5065 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX: Maximum contention window [a value of the form
5066 * 2^n-1 in the range 1..32767]
5067 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AIFS: Arbitration interframe space [0..255]
5068 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal
5069 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX: Maximum TXQ attribute number
5070 */
5071enum nl80211_txq_attr {
5072 __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID,
5073 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC,
5074 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP,
5075 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN,
5076 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX,
5077 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AIFS,
5078
5079 /* keep last */
5080 __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
5081 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
5082};
5083
5084enum nl80211_ac {
5085 NL80211_AC_VO,
5086 NL80211_AC_VI,
5087 NL80211_AC_BE,
5088 NL80211_AC_BK,
5089 NL80211_NUM_ACS
5090};
5091
5092/* backward compat */
5093#define NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_QUEUE NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC
5094#define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VO NL80211_AC_VO
5095#define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VI NL80211_AC_VI
5096#define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BE NL80211_AC_BE
5097#define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BK NL80211_AC_BK
5098
5099/**
5100 * enum nl80211_channel_type - channel type
5101 * @NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel
5102 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT20: 20 MHz HT channel
5103 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel
5104 * below the control channel
5105 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel
5106 * above the control channel
5107 */
5108enum nl80211_channel_type {
5109 NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT,
5110 NL80211_CHAN_HT20,
5111 NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS,
5112 NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS
5113};
5114
5115/**
5116 * enum nl80211_key_mode - Key mode
5117 *
5118 * @NL80211_KEY_RX_TX: (Default)
5119 * Key can be used for Rx and Tx immediately
5120 *
5121 * The following modes can only be selected for unicast keys and when the
5122 * driver supports @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID:
5123 *
5124 * @NL80211_KEY_NO_TX: Only allowed in combination with @NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY:
5125 * Unicast key can only be used for Rx, Tx not allowed, yet
5126 * @NL80211_KEY_SET_TX: Only allowed in combination with @NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY:
5127 * The unicast key identified by idx and mac is cleared for Tx and becomes
5128 * the preferred Tx key for the station.
5129 */
5130enum nl80211_key_mode {
5131 NL80211_KEY_RX_TX,
5132 NL80211_KEY_NO_TX,
5133 NL80211_KEY_SET_TX
5134};
5135
5136/**
5137 * enum nl80211_chan_width - channel width definitions
5138 *
5139 * These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH
5140 * attribute.
5141 *
5142 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel
5143 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20: 20 MHz HT channel
5144 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40: 40 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
5145 * attribute must be provided as well
5146 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80: 80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
5147 * attribute must be provided as well
5148 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80: 80+80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
5149 * and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2 attributes must be provided as well
5150 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160: 160 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
5151 * attribute must be provided as well
5152 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 5 MHz OFDM channel
5153 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 10 MHz OFDM channel
5154 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_1: 1 MHz OFDM channel
5155 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_2: 2 MHz OFDM channel
5156 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_4: 4 MHz OFDM channel
5157 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_8: 8 MHz OFDM channel
5158 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_16: 16 MHz OFDM channel
5159 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_320: 320 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
5160 * attribute must be provided as well
5161 */
5162enum nl80211_chan_width {
5163 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT,
5164 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20,
5165 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40,
5166 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80,
5167 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80,
5168 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160,
5169 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5,
5170 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10,
5171 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_1,
5172 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_2,
5173 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_4,
5174 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_8,
5175 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_16,
5176 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_320,
5177};
5178
5179/**
5180 * enum nl80211_bss_scan_width - control channel width for a BSS
5181 *
5182 * These values are used with the %NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH attribute.
5183 *
5184 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20: control channel is 20 MHz wide or compatible
5185 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10: control channel is 10 MHz wide
5186 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5: control channel is 5 MHz wide
5187 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_1: control channel is 1 MHz wide
5188 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_2: control channel is 2 MHz wide
5189 */
5190enum nl80211_bss_scan_width {
5191 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20,
5192 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10,
5193 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5,
5194 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_1,
5195 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_2,
5196};
5197
5198/**
5199 * enum nl80211_bss_use_for - bitmap indicating possible BSS use
5200 * @NL80211_BSS_USE_FOR_NORMAL: Use this BSS for normal "connection",
5201 * including IBSS/MBSS depending on the type.
5202 * @NL80211_BSS_USE_FOR_MLD_LINK: This BSS can be used as a link in an
5203 * MLO connection. Note that for an MLO connection, all links including
5204 * the assoc link must have this flag set, and the assoc link must
5205 * additionally have %NL80211_BSS_USE_FOR_NORMAL set.
5206 */
5207enum nl80211_bss_use_for {
5208 NL80211_BSS_USE_FOR_NORMAL = 1 << 0,
5209 NL80211_BSS_USE_FOR_MLD_LINK = 1 << 1,
5210};
5211
5212/**
5213 * enum nl80211_bss_cannot_use_reasons - reason(s) connection to a
5214 * BSS isn't possible
5215 * @NL80211_BSS_CANNOT_USE_NSTR_NONPRIMARY: NSTR nonprimary links aren't
5216 * supported by the device, and this BSS entry represents one.
5217 * @NL80211_BSS_CANNOT_USE_6GHZ_PWR_MISMATCH: STA is not supporting
5218 * the AP power type (SP, VLP, AP) that the AP uses.
5219 */
5220enum nl80211_bss_cannot_use_reasons {
5221 NL80211_BSS_CANNOT_USE_NSTR_NONPRIMARY = 1 << 0,
5222 NL80211_BSS_CANNOT_USE_6GHZ_PWR_MISMATCH = 1 << 1,
5223};
5224
5225#define NL80211_BSS_CANNOT_USE_UHB_PWR_MISMATCH \
5226 NL80211_BSS_CANNOT_USE_6GHZ_PWR_MISMATCH
5227
5228/**
5229 * enum nl80211_bss - netlink attributes for a BSS
5230 *
5231 * @__NL80211_BSS_INVALID: invalid
5232 * @NL80211_BSS_BSSID: BSSID of the BSS (6 octets)
5233 * @NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY: frequency in MHz (u32)
5234 * @NL80211_BSS_TSF: TSF of the received probe response/beacon (u64)
5235 * (if @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA is present then this is known to be
5236 * from a probe response, otherwise it may be from the same beacon
5237 * that the NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF will be from)
5238 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval of the (I)BSS (u16)
5239 * @NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY: capability field (CPU order, u16)
5240 * @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS: binary attribute containing the
5241 * raw information elements from the probe response/beacon (bin);
5242 * if the %NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES attribute is present and the data is
5243 * different then the IEs here are from a Probe Response frame; otherwise
5244 * they are from a Beacon frame.
5245 * However, if the driver does not indicate the source of the IEs, these
5246 * IEs may be from either frame subtype.
5247 * If present, the @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA attribute indicates that the
5248 * data here is known to be from a probe response, without any heuristics.
5249 * @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM: signal strength of probe response/beacon
5250 * in mBm (100 * dBm) (s32)
5251 * @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC: signal strength of the probe response/beacon
5252 * in unspecified units, scaled to 0..100 (u8)
5253 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS: status, if this BSS is "used"
5254 * @NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO: age of this BSS entry in ms
5255 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES: binary attribute containing the raw information
5256 * elements from a Beacon frame (bin); not present if no Beacon frame has
5257 * yet been received
5258 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH: channel width of the control channel
5259 * (u32, enum nl80211_bss_scan_width) - No longer used!
5260 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF: TSF of the last received beacon (u64)
5261 * (not present if no beacon frame has been received yet)
5262 * @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA: the data in @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS and
5263 * @NL80211_BSS_TSF is known to be from a probe response (flag attribute)
5264 * @NL80211_BSS_LAST_SEEN_BOOTTIME: CLOCK_BOOTTIME timestamp when this entry
5265 * was last updated by a received frame. The value is expected to be
5266 * accurate to about 10ms. (u64, nanoseconds)
5267 * @NL80211_BSS_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
5268 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF: the time at the start of reception of the first
5269 * octet of the timestamp field of the last beacon/probe received for
5270 * this BSS. The time is the TSF of the BSS specified by
5271 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID. (u64).
5272 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID: the BSS according to which @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF
5273 * is set.
5274 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAIN_SIGNAL: per-chain signal strength of last BSS update.
5275 * Contains a nested array of signal strength attributes (u8, dBm),
5276 * using the nesting index as the antenna number.
5277 * @NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY_OFFSET: frequency offset in KHz
5278 * @NL80211_BSS_MLO_LINK_ID: MLO link ID of the BSS (u8).
5279 * @NL80211_BSS_MLD_ADDR: MLD address of this BSS if connected to it.
5280 * @NL80211_BSS_USE_FOR: u32 bitmap attribute indicating what the BSS can be
5281 * used for, see &enum nl80211_bss_use_for.
5282 * @NL80211_BSS_CANNOT_USE_REASONS: Indicates the reason that this BSS cannot
5283 * be used for all or some of the possible uses by the device reporting it,
5284 * even though its presence was detected.
5285 * This is a u64 attribute containing a bitmap of values from
5286 * &enum nl80211_cannot_use_reasons, note that the attribute may be missing
5287 * if no reasons are specified.
5288 * @__NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST: internal
5289 * @NL80211_BSS_MAX: highest BSS attribute
5290 */
5291enum nl80211_bss {
5292 __NL80211_BSS_INVALID,
5293 NL80211_BSS_BSSID,
5294 NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY,
5295 NL80211_BSS_TSF,
5296 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL,
5297 NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY,
5298 NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS,
5299 NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM,
5300 NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC,
5301 NL80211_BSS_STATUS,
5302 NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO,
5303 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES,
5304 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH,
5305 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF,
5306 NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA,
5307 NL80211_BSS_LAST_SEEN_BOOTTIME,
5308 NL80211_BSS_PAD,
5309 NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF,
5310 NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID,
5311 NL80211_BSS_CHAIN_SIGNAL,
5312 NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY_OFFSET,
5313 NL80211_BSS_MLO_LINK_ID,
5314 NL80211_BSS_MLD_ADDR,
5315 NL80211_BSS_USE_FOR,
5316 NL80211_BSS_CANNOT_USE_REASONS,
5317
5318 /* keep last */
5319 __NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST,
5320 NL80211_BSS_MAX = __NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST - 1
5321};
5322
5323/**
5324 * enum nl80211_bss_status - BSS "status"
5325 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED: Authenticated with this BSS.
5326 * Note that this is no longer used since cfg80211 no longer
5327 * keeps track of whether or not authentication was done with
5328 * a given BSS.
5329 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED: Associated with this BSS.
5330 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED: Joined to this IBSS.
5331 *
5332 * The BSS status is a BSS attribute in scan dumps, which
5333 * indicates the status the interface has wrt. this BSS.
5334 */
5335enum nl80211_bss_status {
5336 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED,
5337 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED,
5338 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED,
5339};
5340
5341/**
5342 * enum nl80211_auth_type - AuthenticationType
5343 *
5344 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN_SYSTEM: Open System authentication
5345 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY: Shared Key authentication (WEP only)
5346 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT: Fast BSS Transition (IEEE 802.11r)
5347 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP: Network EAP (some Cisco APs and mainly LEAP)
5348 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE: Simultaneous authentication of equals
5349 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK: Fast Initial Link Setup shared key
5350 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK_PFS: Fast Initial Link Setup shared key with PFS
5351 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_PK: Fast Initial Link Setup public key
5352 * @__NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM: internal
5353 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX: maximum valid auth algorithm
5354 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC: determine automatically (if necessary by
5355 * trying multiple times); this is invalid in netlink -- leave out
5356 * the attribute for this on CONNECT commands.
5357 */
5358enum nl80211_auth_type {
5359 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN_SYSTEM,
5360 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY,
5361 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT,
5362 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP,
5363 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE,
5364 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK,
5365 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK_PFS,
5366 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_PK,
5367
5368 /* keep last */
5369 __NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM,
5370 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX = __NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM - 1,
5371 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC
5372};
5373
5374/**
5375 * enum nl80211_key_type - Key Type
5376 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP: Group (broadcast/multicast) key
5377 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE: Pairwise (unicast/individual) key
5378 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY: PeerKey (DLS)
5379 * @NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES: number of defined key types
5380 */
5381enum nl80211_key_type {
5382 NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP,
5383 NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE,
5384 NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY,
5385
5386 NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES
5387};
5388
5389/**
5390 * enum nl80211_mfp - Management frame protection state
5391 * @NL80211_MFP_NO: Management frame protection not used
5392 * @NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED: Management frame protection required
5393 * @NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL: Management frame protection is optional
5394 */
5395enum nl80211_mfp {
5396 NL80211_MFP_NO,
5397 NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED,
5398 NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL,
5399};
5400
5401enum nl80211_wpa_versions {
5402 NL80211_WPA_VERSION_1 = 1 << 0,
5403 NL80211_WPA_VERSION_2 = 1 << 1,
5404 NL80211_WPA_VERSION_3 = 1 << 2,
5405};
5406
5407/**
5408 * enum nl80211_key_default_types - key default types
5409 * @__NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID: invalid
5410 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST: key should be used as default
5411 * unicast key
5412 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST: key should be used as default
5413 * multicast key
5414 * @NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: number of default types
5415 */
5416enum nl80211_key_default_types {
5417 __NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID,
5418 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST,
5419 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST,
5420
5421 NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES
5422};
5423
5424/**
5425 * enum nl80211_key_attributes - key attributes
5426 * @__NL80211_KEY_INVALID: invalid
5427 * @NL80211_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of
5428 * 16 bytes encryption key followed by 8 bytes each for TX and RX MIC
5429 * keys
5430 * @NL80211_KEY_IDX: key ID (u8, 0-3)
5431 * @NL80211_KEY_CIPHER: key cipher suite (u32, as defined by IEEE 802.11
5432 * section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04)
5433 * @NL80211_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and
5434 * CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian
5435 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT: flag indicating default key
5436 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: flag indicating default management key
5437 * @NL80211_KEY_TYPE: the key type from enum nl80211_key_type, if not
5438 * specified the default depends on whether a MAC address was
5439 * given with the command using the key or not (u32)
5440 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags
5441 * attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as.
5442 * See &enum nl80211_key_default_types.
5443 * @NL80211_KEY_MODE: the mode from enum nl80211_key_mode.
5444 * Defaults to @NL80211_KEY_RX_TX.
5445 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_BEACON: flag indicating default Beacon frame key
5446 *
5447 * @__NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST: internal
5448 * @NL80211_KEY_MAX: highest key attribute
5449 */
5450enum nl80211_key_attributes {
5451 __NL80211_KEY_INVALID,
5452 NL80211_KEY_DATA,
5453 NL80211_KEY_IDX,
5454 NL80211_KEY_CIPHER,
5455 NL80211_KEY_SEQ,
5456 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT,
5457 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT,
5458 NL80211_KEY_TYPE,
5459 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES,
5460 NL80211_KEY_MODE,
5461 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_BEACON,
5462
5463 /* keep last */
5464 __NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST,
5465 NL80211_KEY_MAX = __NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST - 1
5466};
5467
5468/**
5469 * enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes - TX rate set attributes
5470 * @__NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID: invalid
5471 * @NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY: Legacy (non-MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection
5472 * in an array of rates as defined in IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 (u8 values with
5473 * 1 = 500 kbps) but without the IE length restriction (at most
5474 * %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES in a single array).
5475 * @NL80211_TXRATE_HT: HT (MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection
5476 * in an array of MCS numbers.
5477 * @NL80211_TXRATE_VHT: VHT rates allowed for TX rate selection,
5478 * see &struct nl80211_txrate_vht
5479 * @NL80211_TXRATE_GI: configure GI, see &enum nl80211_txrate_gi
5480 * @NL80211_TXRATE_HE: HE rates allowed for TX rate selection,
5481 * see &struct nl80211_txrate_he
5482 * @NL80211_TXRATE_HE_GI: configure HE GI, 0.8us, 1.6us and 3.2us.
5483 * @NL80211_TXRATE_HE_LTF: configure HE LTF, 1XLTF, 2XLTF and 4XLTF.
5484 * @__NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST: internal
5485 * @NL80211_TXRATE_MAX: highest TX rate attribute
5486 */
5487enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes {
5488 __NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID,
5489 NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY,
5490 NL80211_TXRATE_HT,
5491 NL80211_TXRATE_VHT,
5492 NL80211_TXRATE_GI,
5493 NL80211_TXRATE_HE,
5494 NL80211_TXRATE_HE_GI,
5495 NL80211_TXRATE_HE_LTF,
5496
5497 /* keep last */
5498 __NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST,
5499 NL80211_TXRATE_MAX = __NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST - 1
5500};
5501
5502#define NL80211_TXRATE_MCS NL80211_TXRATE_HT
5503#define NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX 8
5504
5505/**
5506 * struct nl80211_txrate_vht - VHT MCS/NSS txrate bitmap
5507 * @mcs: MCS bitmap table for each NSS (array index 0 for 1 stream, etc.)
5508 */
5509struct nl80211_txrate_vht {
5510 __u16 mcs[NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX];
5511};
5512
5513#define NL80211_HE_NSS_MAX 8
5514/**
5515 * struct nl80211_txrate_he - HE MCS/NSS txrate bitmap
5516 * @mcs: MCS bitmap table for each NSS (array index 0 for 1 stream, etc.)
5517 */
5518struct nl80211_txrate_he {
5519 __u16 mcs[NL80211_HE_NSS_MAX];
5520};
5521
5522enum nl80211_txrate_gi {
5523 NL80211_TXRATE_DEFAULT_GI,
5524 NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_SGI,
5525 NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_LGI,
5526};
5527
5528/**
5529 * enum nl80211_band - Frequency band
5530 * @NL80211_BAND_2GHZ: 2.4 GHz ISM band
5531 * @NL80211_BAND_5GHZ: around 5 GHz band (4.9 - 5.7 GHz)
5532 * @NL80211_BAND_60GHZ: around 60 GHz band (58.32 - 69.12 GHz)
5533 * @NL80211_BAND_6GHZ: around 6 GHz band (5.9 - 7.2 GHz)
5534 * @NL80211_BAND_S1GHZ: around 900MHz, supported by S1G PHYs
5535 * @NL80211_BAND_LC: light communication band (placeholder)
5536 * @NUM_NL80211_BANDS: number of bands, avoid using this in userspace
5537 * since newer kernel versions may support more bands
5538 */
5539enum nl80211_band {
5540 NL80211_BAND_2GHZ,
5541 NL80211_BAND_5GHZ,
5542 NL80211_BAND_60GHZ,
5543 NL80211_BAND_6GHZ,
5544 NL80211_BAND_S1GHZ,
5545 NL80211_BAND_LC,
5546
5547 NUM_NL80211_BANDS,
5548};
5549
5550/**
5551 * enum nl80211_ps_state - powersave state
5552 * @NL80211_PS_DISABLED: powersave is disabled
5553 * @NL80211_PS_ENABLED: powersave is enabled
5554 */
5555enum nl80211_ps_state {
5556 NL80211_PS_DISABLED,
5557 NL80211_PS_ENABLED,
5558};
5559
5560/**
5561 * enum nl80211_attr_cqm - connection quality monitor attributes
5562 * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID: invalid
5563 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This value specifies
5564 * the threshold for the RSSI level at which an event will be sent. Zero
5565 * to disable. Alternatively, if %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST is
5566 * set, multiple values can be supplied as a low-to-high sorted array of
5567 * threshold values in dBm. Events will be sent when the RSSI value
5568 * crosses any of the thresholds.
5569 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST: RSSI hysteresis in dBm. This value specifies
5570 * the minimum amount the RSSI level must change after an event before a
5571 * new event may be issued (to reduce effects of RSSI oscillation).
5572 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT: RSSI threshold event
5573 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT: a u32 value indicating that this many
5574 * consecutive packets were not acknowledged by the peer
5575 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE: TX error rate in %. Minimum % of TX failures
5576 * during the given %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before an
5577 * %NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM with reported %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE and
5578 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS is generated.
5579 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS: number of attempted packets in a given
5580 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE is
5581 * checked.
5582 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL: interval in seconds. Specifies the periodic
5583 * interval in which %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS and
5584 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE must be satisfied before generating an
5585 * %NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM. Set to 0 to turn off TX error reporting.
5586 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: flag attribute that's set in a beacon
5587 * loss event
5588 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_LEVEL: the RSSI value in dBm that triggered the
5589 * RSSI threshold event.
5590 * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST: internal
5591 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX: highest key attribute
5592 */
5593enum nl80211_attr_cqm {
5594 __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID,
5595 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD,
5596 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST,
5597 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT,
5598 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT,
5599 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE,
5600 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS,
5601 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL,
5602 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT,
5603 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_LEVEL,
5604
5605 /* keep last */
5606 __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST,
5607 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX = __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST - 1
5608};
5609
5610/**
5611 * enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event - RSSI threshold event
5612 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW: The RSSI level is lower than the
5613 * configured threshold
5614 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH: The RSSI is higher than the
5615 * configured threshold
5616 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: (reserved, never sent)
5617 */
5618enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event {
5619 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW,
5620 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH,
5621 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT,
5622};
5623
5624
5625/**
5626 * enum nl80211_tx_power_setting - TX power adjustment
5627 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC: automatically determine transmit power
5628 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED: limit TX power by the mBm parameter
5629 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED: fix TX power to the mBm parameter
5630 */
5631enum nl80211_tx_power_setting {
5632 NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC,
5633 NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED,
5634 NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED,
5635};
5636
5637/**
5638 * enum nl80211_tid_config - TID config state
5639 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ENABLE: Enable config for the TID
5640 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_DISABLE: Disable config for the TID
5641 */
5642enum nl80211_tid_config {
5643 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ENABLE,
5644 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_DISABLE,
5645};
5646
5647/* enum nl80211_tx_rate_setting - TX rate configuration type
5648 * @NL80211_TX_RATE_AUTOMATIC: automatically determine TX rate
5649 * @NL80211_TX_RATE_LIMITED: limit the TX rate by the TX rate parameter
5650 * @NL80211_TX_RATE_FIXED: fix TX rate to the TX rate parameter
5651 */
5652enum nl80211_tx_rate_setting {
5653 NL80211_TX_RATE_AUTOMATIC,
5654 NL80211_TX_RATE_LIMITED,
5655 NL80211_TX_RATE_FIXED,
5656};
5657
5658/* enum nl80211_tid_config_attr - TID specific configuration.
5659 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PAD: pad attribute for 64-bit values
5660 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_VIF_SUPP: a bitmap (u64) of attributes supported
5661 * for per-vif configuration; doesn't list the ones that are generic
5662 * (%NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS, %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE).
5663 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PEER_SUPP: same as the previous per-vif one, but
5664 * per peer instead.
5665 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE: flag attribute, if set indicates
5666 * that the new configuration overrides all previous peer
5667 * configurations, otherwise previous peer specific configurations
5668 * should be left untouched.
5669 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS: a bitmask value of TIDs (bit 0 to 7)
5670 * Its type is u16.
5671 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_NOACK: Configure ack policy for the TID.
5672 * specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TID. see %enum nl80211_tid_config.
5673 * Its type is u8.
5674 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_SHORT: Number of retries used with data frame
5675 * transmission, user-space sets this configuration in
5676 * &NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG. It is u8 type, min value is 1 and
5677 * the max value is advertised by the driver in this attribute on
5678 * output in wiphy capabilities.
5679 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_LONG: Number of retries used with data frame
5680 * transmission, user-space sets this configuration in
5681 * &NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG. Its type is u8, min value is 1 and
5682 * the max value is advertised by the driver in this attribute on
5683 * output in wiphy capabilities.
5684 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMPDU_CTRL: Enable/Disable MPDU aggregation
5685 * for the TIDs specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS.
5686 * Its type is u8, using the values from &nl80211_tid_config.
5687 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RTSCTS_CTRL: Enable/Disable RTS_CTS for the TIDs
5688 * specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS. It is u8 type, using
5689 * the values from &nl80211_tid_config.
5690 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMSDU_CTRL: Enable/Disable MSDU aggregation
5691 * for the TIDs specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS.
5692 * Its type is u8, using the values from &nl80211_tid_config.
5693 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE_TYPE: This attribute will be useful
5694 * to notfiy the driver that what type of txrate should be used
5695 * for the TIDs specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS. using
5696 * the values form &nl80211_tx_rate_setting.
5697 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE: Data frame TX rate mask should be applied
5698 * with the parameters passed through %NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES.
5699 * configuration is applied to the data frame for the tid to that connected
5700 * station.
5701 */
5702enum nl80211_tid_config_attr {
5703 __NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_INVALID,
5704 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PAD,
5705 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_VIF_SUPP,
5706 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PEER_SUPP,
5707 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE,
5708 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS,
5709 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_NOACK,
5710 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_SHORT,
5711 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_LONG,
5712 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMPDU_CTRL,
5713 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RTSCTS_CTRL,
5714 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMSDU_CTRL,
5715 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE_TYPE,
5716 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE,
5717
5718 /* keep last */
5719 __NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
5720 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
5721};
5722
5723/**
5724 * enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr - packet pattern attribute
5725 * @__NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute
5726 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN: the pattern, values where the mask has
5727 * a zero bit are ignored
5728 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK: pattern mask, must be long enough to have
5729 * a bit for each byte in the pattern. The lowest-order bit corresponds
5730 * to the first byte of the pattern, but the bytes of the pattern are
5731 * in a little-endian-like format, i.e. the 9th byte of the pattern
5732 * corresponds to the lowest-order bit in the second byte of the mask.
5733 * For example: The match 00:xx:00:00:xx:00:00:00:00:xx:xx:xx (where
5734 * xx indicates "don't care") would be represented by a pattern of
5735 * twelve zero bytes, and a mask of "0xed,0x01".
5736 * Note that the pattern matching is done as though frames were not
5737 * 802.11 frames but 802.3 frames, i.e. the frame is fully unpacked
5738 * first (including SNAP header unpacking) and then matched.
5739 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET: packet offset, pattern is matched after
5740 * these fixed number of bytes of received packet
5741 * @NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT: number of attributes
5742 * @MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT: max attribute number
5743 */
5744enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr {
5745 __NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID,
5746 NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK,
5747 NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN,
5748 NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET,
5749
5750 NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT,
5751 MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT = NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT - 1,
5752};
5753
5754/**
5755 * struct nl80211_pattern_support - packet pattern support information
5756 * @max_patterns: maximum number of patterns supported
5757 * @min_pattern_len: minimum length of each pattern
5758 * @max_pattern_len: maximum length of each pattern
5759 * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset
5760 *
5761 * This struct is carried in %NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN when
5762 * that is part of %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED or in
5763 * %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN when that is part of
5764 * %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the capability information given
5765 * by the kernel to userspace.
5766 */
5767struct nl80211_pattern_support {
5768 __u32 max_patterns;
5769 __u32 min_pattern_len;
5770 __u32 max_pattern_len;
5771 __u32 max_pkt_offset;
5772} __attribute__((packed));
5773
5774/* only for backward compatibility */
5775#define __NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_INVALID __NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID
5776#define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_MASK NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK
5777#define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_PATTERN NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN
5778#define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_OFFSET NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET
5779#define NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT
5780#define MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT
5781#define nl80211_wowlan_pattern_support nl80211_pattern_support
5782
5783/**
5784 * enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers - WoWLAN trigger definitions
5785 * @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
5786 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY: wake up on any activity, do not really put
5787 * the chip into a special state -- works best with chips that have
5788 * support for low-power operation already (flag)
5789 * Note that this mode is incompatible with all of the others, if
5790 * any others are even supported by the device.
5791 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT: wake up on disconnect, the way disconnect
5792 * is detected is implementation-specific (flag)
5793 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT: wake up on magic packet (6x 0xff, followed
5794 * by 16 repetitions of MAC addr, anywhere in payload) (flag)
5795 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN: wake up on the specified packet patterns
5796 * which are passed in an array of nested attributes, each nested attribute
5797 * defining a with attributes from &struct nl80211_wowlan_trig_pkt_pattern.
5798 * Each pattern defines a wakeup packet. Packet offset is associated with
5799 * each pattern which is used while matching the pattern. The matching is
5800 * done on the MSDU, i.e. as though the packet was an 802.3 packet, so the
5801 * pattern matching is done after the packet is converted to the MSDU.
5802 *
5803 * In %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED, it is a binary attribute
5804 * carrying a &struct nl80211_pattern_support.
5805 *
5806 * When reporting wakeup. it is a u32 attribute containing the 0-based
5807 * index of the pattern that caused the wakeup, in the patterns passed
5808 * to the kernel when configuring.
5809 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED: Not a real trigger, and cannot be
5810 * used when setting, used only to indicate that GTK rekeying is supported
5811 * by the device (flag)
5812 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE: wake up on GTK rekey failure (if
5813 * done by the device) (flag)
5814 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST: wake up on EAP Identity Request
5815 * packet (flag)
5816 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE: wake up on 4-way handshake (flag)
5817 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE: wake up when rfkill is released
5818 * (on devices that have rfkill in the device) (flag)
5819 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211: For wakeup reporting only, contains
5820 * the 802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a deauth frame. The frame
5821 * may be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN
5822 * attribute contains the original length.
5823 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN: Original length of the 802.11
5824 * packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211
5825 * attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere.
5826 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023: For wakeup reporting only, contains the
5827 * 802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a magic packet. The frame may
5828 * be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN attribute
5829 * contains the original length.
5830 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN: Original length of the 802.3
5831 * packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023
5832 * attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere.
5833 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION: TCP connection wake, see DOC section
5834 * "TCP connection wakeup" for more details. This is a nested attribute
5835 * containing the exact information for establishing and keeping alive
5836 * the TCP connection.
5837 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_MATCH: For wakeup reporting only, the
5838 * wakeup packet was received on the TCP connection
5839 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST: For wakeup reporting only, the
5840 * TCP connection was lost or failed to be established
5841 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS: For wakeup reporting only,
5842 * the TCP connection ran out of tokens to use for data to send to the
5843 * service
5844 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT: wake up when a configured network
5845 * is detected. This is a nested attribute that contains the
5846 * same attributes used with @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN. It
5847 * specifies how the scan is performed (e.g. the interval, the
5848 * channels to scan and the initial delay) as well as the scan
5849 * results that will trigger a wake (i.e. the matchsets). This
5850 * attribute is also sent in a response to
5851 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, indicating the number of match sets
5852 * supported by the driver (u32).
5853 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS: nested attribute
5854 * containing an array with information about what triggered the
5855 * wake up. If no elements are present in the array, it means
5856 * that the information is not available. If more than one
5857 * element is present, it means that more than one match
5858 * occurred.
5859 * Each element in the array is a nested attribute that contains
5860 * one optional %NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute and one optional
5861 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES attribute. At least one of
5862 * these attributes must be present. If
5863 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES contains more than one
5864 * frequency, it means that the match occurred in more than one
5865 * channel.
5866 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_UNPROTECTED_DEAUTH_DISASSOC: For wakeup reporting only.
5867 * Wake up happened due to unprotected deauth or disassoc frame in MFP.
5868 * @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: number of wake on wireless triggers
5869 * @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: highest wowlan trigger attribute number
5870 *
5871 * These nested attributes are used to configure the wakeup triggers and
5872 * to report the wakeup reason(s).
5873 */
5874enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers {
5875 __NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID,
5876 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY,
5877 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT,
5878 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT,
5879 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN,
5880 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED,
5881 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE,
5882 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST,
5883 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE,
5884 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE,
5885 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211,
5886 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN,
5887 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023,
5888 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN,
5889 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION,
5890 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_MATCH,
5891 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST,
5892 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS,
5893 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT,
5894 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS,
5895 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_UNPROTECTED_DEAUTH_DISASSOC,
5896
5897 /* keep last */
5898 NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG,
5899 MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG = NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG - 1
5900};
5901
5902/**
5903 * DOC: TCP connection wakeup
5904 *
5905 * Some devices can establish a TCP connection in order to be woken up by a
5906 * packet coming in from outside their network segment, or behind NAT. If
5907 * configured, the device will establish a TCP connection to the given
5908 * service, and periodically send data to that service. The first data
5909 * packet is usually transmitted after SYN/ACK, also ACKing the SYN/ACK.
5910 * The data packets can optionally include a (little endian) sequence
5911 * number (in the TCP payload!) that is generated by the device, and, also
5912 * optionally, a token from a list of tokens. This serves as a keep-alive
5913 * with the service, and for NATed connections, etc.
5914 *
5915 * During this keep-alive period, the server doesn't send any data to the
5916 * client. When receiving data, it is compared against the wakeup pattern
5917 * (and mask) and if it matches, the host is woken up. Similarly, if the
5918 * connection breaks or cannot be established to start with, the host is
5919 * also woken up.
5920 *
5921 * Developer's note: ARP offload is required for this, otherwise TCP
5922 * response packets might not go through correctly.
5923 */
5924
5925/**
5926 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq - WoWLAN TCP data sequence
5927 * @start: starting value
5928 * @offset: offset of sequence number in packet
5929 * @len: length of the sequence value to write, 1 through 4
5930 *
5931 * Note: don't confuse with the TCP sequence number(s), this is for the
5932 * keepalive packet payload. The actual value is written into the packet
5933 * in little endian.
5934 */
5935struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq {
5936 __u32 start, offset, len;
5937};
5938
5939/**
5940 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token - WoWLAN TCP data token config
5941 * @offset: offset of token in packet
5942 * @len: length of each token
5943 * @token_stream: stream of data to be used for the tokens, the length must
5944 * be a multiple of @len for this to make sense
5945 */
5946struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token {
5947 __u32 offset, len;
5948 __u8 token_stream[];
5949};
5950
5951/**
5952 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature - data token features
5953 * @min_len: minimum token length
5954 * @max_len: maximum token length
5955 * @bufsize: total available token buffer size (max size of @token_stream)
5956 */
5957struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature {
5958 __u32 min_len, max_len, bufsize;
5959};
5960
5961/**
5962 * enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs - WoWLAN TCP connection parameters
5963 * @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
5964 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4: source IPv4 address (in network byte order)
5965 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4: destination IPv4 address
5966 * (in network byte order)
5967 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC: destination MAC address, this is given because
5968 * route lookup when configured might be invalid by the time we suspend,
5969 * and doing a route lookup when suspending is no longer possible as it
5970 * might require ARP querying.
5971 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT: source port (u16); optional, if not given a
5972 * socket and port will be allocated
5973 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT: destination port (u16)
5974 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD: data packet payload, at least one byte.
5975 * For feature advertising, a u32 attribute holding the maximum length
5976 * of the data payload.
5977 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ: data packet sequence configuration
5978 * (if desired), a &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq. For feature
5979 * advertising it is just a flag
5980 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN: data packet token configuration,
5981 * see &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token and for advertising see
5982 * &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature.
5983 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL: data interval in seconds, maximum
5984 * interval in feature advertising (u32)
5985 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD: wake packet payload, for advertising a
5986 * u32 attribute holding the maximum length
5987 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK: Wake packet payload mask, not used for
5988 * feature advertising. The mask works like @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK
5989 * but on the TCP payload only.
5990 * @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: number of TCP attributes
5991 * @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: highest attribute number
5992 */
5993enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs {
5994 __NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID,
5995 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4,
5996 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4,
5997 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC,
5998 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT,
5999 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT,
6000 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD,
6001 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ,
6002 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN,
6003 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL,
6004 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD,
6005 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK,
6006
6007 /* keep last */
6008 NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP,
6009 MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP = NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP - 1
6010};
6011
6012/**
6013 * struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support - coalesce rule support information
6014 * @max_rules: maximum number of rules supported
6015 * @pat: packet pattern support information
6016 * @max_delay: maximum supported coalescing delay in msecs
6017 *
6018 * This struct is carried in %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the
6019 * capability information given by the kernel to userspace.
6020 */
6021struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support {
6022 __u32 max_rules;
6023 struct nl80211_pattern_support pat;
6024 __u32 max_delay;
6025} __attribute__((packed));
6026
6027/**
6028 * enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule - coalesce rule attribute
6029 * @__NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute
6030 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY: delay in msecs used for packet coalescing
6031 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION: condition for packet coalescence,
6032 * see &enum nl80211_coalesce_condition.
6033 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN: packet offset, pattern is matched
6034 * after these fixed number of bytes of received packet
6035 * @NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: number of attributes
6036 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX: max attribute number
6037 */
6038enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule {
6039 __NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID,
6040 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY,
6041 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION,
6042 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN,
6043
6044 /* keep last */
6045 NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE,
6046 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE - 1
6047};
6048
6049/**
6050 * enum nl80211_coalesce_condition - coalesce rule conditions
6051 * @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH: coalesce Rx packets when patterns
6052 * in a rule are matched.
6053 * @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH: coalesce Rx packets when patterns
6054 * in a rule are not matched.
6055 */
6056enum nl80211_coalesce_condition {
6057 NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH,
6058 NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH
6059};
6060
6061/**
6062 * enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs - limit attributes
6063 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC: (reserved)
6064 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX: maximum number of interfaces that
6065 * can be chosen from this set of interface types (u32)
6066 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES: nested attribute containing a
6067 * flag attribute for each interface type in this set
6068 * @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: number of attributes
6069 * @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: highest attribute number
6070 */
6071enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs {
6072 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC,
6073 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX,
6074 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES,
6075
6076 /* keep last */
6077 NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT,
6078 MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT = NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT - 1
6079};
6080
6081/**
6082 * enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs -- interface combination attributes
6083 *
6084 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC: (reserved)
6085 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS: Nested attributes containing the limits
6086 * for given interface types, see &enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs.
6087 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM: u32 attribute giving the total number of
6088 * interfaces that can be created in this group. This number doesn't
6089 * apply to interfaces purely managed in software, which are listed
6090 * in a separate attribute %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACES_SOFTWARE.
6091 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH: flag attribute specifying that
6092 * beacon intervals within this group must be all the same even for
6093 * infrastructure and AP/GO combinations, i.e. the GO(s) must adopt
6094 * the infrastructure network's beacon interval.
6095 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS: u32 attribute specifying how many
6096 * different channels may be used within this group.
6097 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap
6098 * of supported channel widths for radar detection.
6099 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap
6100 * of supported regulatory regions for radar detection.
6101 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_BI_MIN_GCD: u32 attribute specifying the minimum GCD of
6102 * different beacon intervals supported by all the interface combinations
6103 * in this group (if not present, all beacon intervals be identical).
6104 * @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: number of attributes
6105 * @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: highest attribute number
6106 *
6107 * Examples:
6108 * limits = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{AP} <= 1 ], matching BI, channels = 1, max = 2
6109 * => allows an AP and a STA that must match BIs
6110 *
6111 * numbers = [ #{AP, P2P-GO} <= 8 ], BI min gcd, channels = 1, max = 8,
6112 * => allows 8 of AP/GO that can have BI gcd >= min gcd
6113 *
6114 * numbers = [ #{STA} <= 2 ], channels = 2, max = 2
6115 * => allows two STAs on the same or on different channels
6116 *
6117 * numbers = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{P2P-client,P2P-GO} <= 3 ], max = 4
6118 * => allows a STA plus three P2P interfaces
6119 *
6120 * The list of these four possibilities could completely be contained
6121 * within the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute to indicate
6122 * that any of these groups must match.
6123 *
6124 * "Combinations" of just a single interface will not be listed here,
6125 * a single interface of any valid interface type is assumed to always
6126 * be possible by itself. This means that implicitly, for each valid
6127 * interface type, the following group always exists:
6128 * numbers = [ #{<type>} <= 1 ], channels = 1, max = 1
6129 */
6130enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs {
6131 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC,
6132 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS,
6133 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM,
6134 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH,
6135 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS,
6136 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS,
6137 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS,
6138 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_BI_MIN_GCD,
6139
6140 /* keep last */
6141 NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB,
6142 MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB = NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB - 1
6143};
6144
6145
6146/**
6147 * enum nl80211_plink_state - state of a mesh peer link finite state machine
6148 *
6149 * @NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN: initial state, considered the implicit
6150 * state of non-existent mesh peer links
6151 * @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT: mesh plink open frame has been sent to
6152 * this mesh peer
6153 * @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD: mesh plink open frame has been received
6154 * from this mesh peer
6155 * @NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD: mesh plink confirm frame has been
6156 * received from this mesh peer
6157 * @NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB: mesh peer link is established
6158 * @NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING: mesh peer link is being closed or cancelled
6159 * @NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED: all frames transmitted from this mesh
6160 * plink are discarded, except for authentication frames
6161 * @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: number of peer link states
6162 * @MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: highest numerical value of plink states
6163 */
6164enum nl80211_plink_state {
6165 NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN,
6166 NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT,
6167 NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD,
6168 NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD,
6169 NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB,
6170 NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING,
6171 NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED,
6172
6173 /* keep last */
6174 NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES,
6175 MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES = NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES - 1
6176};
6177
6178/**
6179 * enum nl80211_plink_action - actions to perform in mesh peers
6180 *
6181 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION: perform no action
6182 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN: start mesh peer link establishment
6183 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK: block traffic from this mesh peer
6184 * @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS: number of possible actions
6185 */
6186enum nl80211_plink_action {
6187 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION,
6188 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN,
6189 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK,
6190
6191 NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS,
6192};
6193
6194
6195#define NL80211_KCK_LEN 16
6196#define NL80211_KEK_LEN 16
6197#define NL80211_KCK_EXT_LEN 24
6198#define NL80211_KEK_EXT_LEN 32
6199#define NL80211_KCK_EXT_LEN_32 32
6200#define NL80211_REPLAY_CTR_LEN 8
6201
6202/**
6203 * enum nl80211_rekey_data - attributes for GTK rekey offload
6204 * @__NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
6205 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK: key encryption key (binary)
6206 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK: key confirmation key (binary)
6207 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR: replay counter (binary)
6208 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_AKM: AKM data (OUI, suite type)
6209 * @NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: number of rekey attributes (internal)
6210 * @MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: highest rekey attribute (internal)
6211 */
6212enum nl80211_rekey_data {
6213 __NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID,
6214 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK,
6215 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK,
6216 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR,
6217 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_AKM,
6218
6219 /* keep last */
6220 NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA,
6221 MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA = NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA - 1
6222};
6223
6224/**
6225 * enum nl80211_hidden_ssid - values for %NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID
6226 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE: do not hide SSID (i.e., broadcast it in
6227 * Beacon frames)
6228 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN: hide SSID by using zero-length SSID element
6229 * in Beacon frames
6230 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS: hide SSID by using correct length of SSID
6231 * element in Beacon frames but zero out each byte in the SSID
6232 */
6233enum nl80211_hidden_ssid {
6234 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE,
6235 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN,
6236 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS
6237};
6238
6239/**
6240 * enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr - station WME attributes
6241 * @__NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute
6242 * @NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES: bitmap of uapsd queues. the format
6243 * is the same as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field.
6244 * @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP: max service period. the format is the same
6245 * as the MAX_SP field in the QoS info field (but already shifted down).
6246 * @__NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST: internal
6247 * @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX: highest station WME attribute
6248 */
6249enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr {
6250 __NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID,
6251 NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES,
6252 NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP,
6253
6254 /* keep last */
6255 __NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST,
6256 NL80211_STA_WME_MAX = __NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST - 1
6257};
6258
6259/**
6260 * enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr - attributes for PMKSA caching candidates
6261 * @__NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
6262 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX: candidate index (u32; the smaller, the higher
6263 * priority)
6264 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID: candidate BSSID (6 octets)
6265 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH: RSN pre-authentication supported (flag)
6266 * @NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: number of PMKSA caching candidate attributes
6267 * (internal)
6268 * @MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: highest PMKSA caching candidate attribute
6269 * (internal)
6270 */
6271enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr {
6272 __NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID,
6273 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX,
6274 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID,
6275 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH,
6276
6277 /* keep last */
6278 NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE,
6279 MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE = NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE - 1
6280};
6281
6282/**
6283 * enum nl80211_tdls_operation - values for %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION
6284 * @NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ: Send a TDLS discovery request
6285 * @NL80211_TDLS_SETUP: Setup TDLS link
6286 * @NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN: Teardown a TDLS link which is already established
6287 * @NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK: Enable TDLS link
6288 * @NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK: Disable TDLS link
6289 */
6290enum nl80211_tdls_operation {
6291 NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ,
6292 NL80211_TDLS_SETUP,
6293 NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN,
6294 NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK,
6295 NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK,
6296};
6297
6298/**
6299 * enum nl80211_ap_sme_features - device-integrated AP features
6300 * @NL80211_AP_SME_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD: SA Query procedures offloaded to driver
6301 * when user space indicates support for SA Query procedures offload during
6302 * "start ap" with %NL80211_AP_SETTINGS_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT.
6303 */
6304enum nl80211_ap_sme_features {
6305 NL80211_AP_SME_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD = 1 << 0,
6306};
6307
6308/**
6309 * enum nl80211_feature_flags - device/driver features
6310 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS: This driver supports reflecting back
6311 * TX status to the socket error queue when requested with the
6312 * socket option.
6313 * @NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with HT datarates.
6314 * @NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER: This driver takes care of freeing up
6315 * the connected inactive stations in AP mode.
6316 * @NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS: This driver has been tested
6317 * to work properly to support receiving regulatory hints from
6318 * cellular base stations.
6319 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL: (no longer available, only
6320 * here to reserve the value for API/ABI compatibility)
6321 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SAE: This driver supports simultaneous authentication of
6322 * equals (SAE) with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station
6323 * mode
6324 * @NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN: This driver supports low priority scan
6325 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH: Scan flush is supported
6326 * @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN: Support scanning using an AP vif
6327 * @NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER: The driver supports per-vif TX power setting
6328 * @NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN: The driver expects userspace to perform
6329 * OBSS scans and generate 20/40 BSS coex reports. This flag is used only
6330 * for drivers implementing the CONNECT API, for AUTH/ASSOC it is implied.
6331 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN: P2P GO implementation supports CT Window
6332 * setting
6333 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS: P2P GO implementation supports opportunistic
6334 * powersave
6335 * @NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE: The driver supports full state
6336 * transitions for AP clients. Without this flag (and if the driver
6337 * doesn't have the AP SME in the device) the driver supports adding
6338 * stations only when they're associated and adds them in associated
6339 * state (to later be transitioned into authorized), with this flag
6340 * they should be added before even sending the authentication reply
6341 * and then transitioned into authenticated, associated and authorized
6342 * states using station flags.
6343 * Note that even for drivers that support this, the default is to add
6344 * stations in authenticated/associated state, so to add unauthenticated
6345 * stations the authenticated/associated bits have to be set in the mask.
6346 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS: cfg80211 advertises channel limits
6347 * (HT40, VHT 80/160 MHz) if this flag is set
6348 * @NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM: This driver supports a userspace Mesh
6349 * Peering Management entity which may be implemented by registering for
6350 * beacons or NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE events. The mesh beacon is
6351 * still generated by the driver.
6352 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR: This driver supports an active monitor
6353 * interface. An active monitor interface behaves like a normal monitor
6354 * interface, but gets added to the driver. It ensures that incoming
6355 * unicast packets directed at the configured interface address get ACKed.
6356 * @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE: This driver supports dynamic
6357 * channel bandwidth change (e.g., HT 20 <-> 40 MHz channel) during the
6358 * lifetime of a BSS.
6359 * @NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a DS Parameter
6360 * Set IE to probe requests.
6361 * @NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a WFA TPC Report IE
6362 * to probe requests.
6363 * @NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET: This device, in client mode, supports Quiet Period
6364 * requests sent to it by an AP.
6365 * @NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION: This device is capable of inserting the
6366 * current tx power value into the TPC Report IE in the spectrum
6367 * management TPC Report action frame, and in the Radio Measurement Link
6368 * Measurement Report action frame.
6369 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION: This driver supports dynamic ACK timeout
6370 * estimation (dynack). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK flag attribute is used
6371 * to enable dynack.
6372 * @NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS: Device supports static spatial
6373 * multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain
6374 * even on HT connections that should be using more chains.
6375 * @NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS: Device supports dynamic spatial
6376 * multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain
6377 * and then wake the rest up as required after, for example,
6378 * rts/cts handshake.
6379 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION: the device supports setting up WMM
6380 * TSPEC sessions (TID aka TSID 0-7) with the %NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS
6381 * command. Standard IEEE 802.11 TSPEC setup is not yet supported, it
6382 * needs to be able to handle Block-Ack agreements and other things.
6383 * @NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE: Device supports configuring
6384 * the vif's MAC address upon creation.
6385 * See 'macaddr' field in the vif_params (cfg80211.h).
6386 * @NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Driver supports channel switching when
6387 * operating as a TDLS peer.
6388 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a
6389 * random MAC address during scan (if the device is unassociated); the
6390 * %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR flag may be set for scans and the MAC
6391 * address mask/value will be used.
6392 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports
6393 * using a random MAC address for every scan iteration during scheduled
6394 * scan (while not associated), the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may
6395 * be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used.
6396 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a
6397 * random MAC address for every scan iteration during "net detect", i.e.
6398 * scan in unassociated WoWLAN, the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may
6399 * be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used.
6400 */
6401enum nl80211_feature_flags {
6402 NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS = 1 << 0,
6403 NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS = 1 << 1,
6404 NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER = 1 << 2,
6405 NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS = 1 << 3,
6406 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL = 1 << 4,
6407 NL80211_FEATURE_SAE = 1 << 5,
6408 NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN = 1 << 6,
6409 NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH = 1 << 7,
6410 NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN = 1 << 8,
6411 NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER = 1 << 9,
6412 NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN = 1 << 10,
6413 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN = 1 << 11,
6414 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS = 1 << 12,
6415 /* bit 13 is reserved */
6416 NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS = 1 << 14,
6417 NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE = 1 << 15,
6418 NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM = 1 << 16,
6419 NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR = 1 << 17,
6420 NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE = 1 << 18,
6421 NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES = 1 << 19,
6422 NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES = 1 << 20,
6423 NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET = 1 << 21,
6424 NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION = 1 << 22,
6425 NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION = 1 << 23,
6426 NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS = 1 << 24,
6427 NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS = 1 << 25,
6428 NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION = 1 << 26,
6429 NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE = 1 << 27,
6430 NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH = 1 << 28,
6431 NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1 << 29,
6432 NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1 << 30,
6433 NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1U << 31,
6434};
6435
6436/**
6437 * enum nl80211_ext_feature_index - bit index of extended features.
6438 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with VHT datarates.
6439 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM: This driver supports RRM. When featured, user can
6440 * request to use RRM (see %NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM) with
6441 * %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests, which will set
6442 * the ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM flag in the association request even if
6443 * NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET is not advertised.
6444 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MU_MIMO_AIR_SNIFFER: This device supports MU-MIMO air
6445 * sniffer which means that it can be configured to hear packets from
6446 * certain groups which can be configured by the
6447 * %NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA attribute,
6448 * or can be configured to follow a station by configuring the
6449 * %NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR attribute.
6450 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_START_TIME: This driver includes the actual
6451 * time the scan started in scan results event. The time is the TSF of
6452 * the BSS that the interface that requested the scan is connected to
6453 * (if available).
6454 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_PARENT_TSF: Per BSS, this driver reports the
6455 * time the last beacon/probe was received. For a non-MLO connection, the
6456 * time is the TSF of the BSS that the interface that requested the scan is
6457 * connected to (if available). For an MLO connection, the time is the TSF
6458 * of the BSS corresponding with link ID specified in the scan request (if
6459 * specified).
6460 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_SCAN_DWELL: This driver supports configuration of
6461 * channel dwell time.
6462 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY: Driver supports beacon rate
6463 * configuration (AP/mesh), supporting a legacy (non-HT/VHT) rate.
6464 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT: Driver supports beacon rate
6465 * configuration (AP/mesh) with HT rates.
6466 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT: Driver supports beacon rate
6467 * configuration (AP/mesh) with VHT rates.
6468 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_STA: This driver supports Fast Initial Link Setup
6469 * with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station mode.
6470 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA: This driver supports randomized TA
6471 * in @NL80211_CMD_FRAME while not associated.
6472 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA_CONNECTED: This driver supports
6473 * randomized TA in @NL80211_CMD_FRAME while associated.
6474 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI: The driver supports sched_scan
6475 * for reporting BSSs with better RSSI than the current connected BSS
6476 * (%NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI).
6477 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST: With this driver the
6478 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD attribute accepts a list of zero or more
6479 * RSSI threshold values to monitor rather than exactly one threshold.
6480 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD: Driver SME supports FILS shared key
6481 * authentication with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
6482 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK: Device wants to do 4-way
6483 * handshake with PSK in station mode (PSK is passed as part of the connect
6484 * and associate commands), doing it in the host might not be supported.
6485 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X: Device wants to do doing 4-way
6486 * handshake with 802.1X in station mode (will pass EAP frames to the host
6487 * and accept the set_pmk/del_pmk commands), doing it in the host might not
6488 * be supported.
6489 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME: Driver is capable of overriding
6490 * the max channel attribute in the FILS request params IE with the
6491 * actual dwell time.
6492 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: Driver accepts broadcast probe
6493 * response
6494 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE: Driver supports sending
6495 * the first probe request in each channel at rate of at least 5.5Mbps.
6496 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION: Driver supports
6497 * probe request tx deferral and suppression
6498 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MFP_OPTIONAL: Driver supports the %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL
6499 * value in %NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP.
6500 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_SPAN_SCAN: Driver supports low span scan.
6501 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_POWER_SCAN: Driver supports low power scan.
6502 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_HIGH_ACCURACY_SCAN: Driver supports high accuracy scan.
6503 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD: HW/driver will offload DFS actions.
6504 * Device or driver will do all DFS-related actions by itself,
6505 * informing user-space about CAC progress, radar detection event,
6506 * channel change triggered by radar detection event.
6507 * No need to start CAC from user-space, no need to react to
6508 * "radar detected" event.
6509 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211: Driver supports sending and
6510 * receiving control port frames over nl80211 instead of the netdevice.
6511 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT: This driver/device supports
6512 * (average) ACK signal strength reporting.
6513 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DATA_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT: Backward-compatible ID
6514 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_TXQS: Driver supports FQ-CoDel-enabled intermediate
6515 * TXQs.
6516 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_SN: Driver/device supports randomizing the
6517 * SN in probe request frames if requested by %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN.
6518 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT: Driver/device can omit all data
6519 * except for supported rates from the probe request content if requested
6520 * by the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT flag.
6521 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ENABLE_FTM_RESPONDER: Driver supports enabling fine
6522 * timing measurement responder role.
6523 *
6524 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CAN_REPLACE_PTK0: Driver/device confirm that they are
6525 * able to rekey an in-use key correctly. Userspace must not rekey PTK keys
6526 * if this flag is not set. Ignoring this can leak clear text packets and/or
6527 * freeze the connection.
6528 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID: Driver supports "Extended Key ID for
6529 * Individually Addressed Frames" from IEEE802.11-2016.
6530 *
6531 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AIRTIME_FAIRNESS: Driver supports getting airtime
6532 * fairness for transmitted packets and has enabled airtime fairness
6533 * scheduling.
6534 *
6535 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AP_PMKSA_CACHING: Driver/device supports PMKSA caching
6536 * (set/del PMKSA operations) in AP mode.
6537 *
6538 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_BAND_SPECIFIC_RSSI_THOLD: Obsolete
6539 *
6540 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_STA_TX_PWR: This driver supports controlling tx power
6541 * to a station.
6542 *
6543 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD: Device wants to do SAE authentication in
6544 * station mode (SAE password is passed as part of the connect command).
6545 *
6546 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VLAN_OFFLOAD: The driver supports a single netdev
6547 * with VLAN tagged frames and separate VLAN-specific netdevs added using
6548 * vconfig similarly to the Ethernet case.
6549 *
6550 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AQL: The driver supports the Airtime Queue Limit (AQL)
6551 * feature, which prevents bufferbloat by using the expected transmission
6552 * time to limit the amount of data buffered in the hardware.
6553 *
6554 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION: The driver supports Beacon protection
6555 * and can receive key configuration for BIGTK using key indexes 6 and 7.
6556 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION_CLIENT: The driver supports Beacon
6557 * protection as a client only and cannot transmit protected beacons.
6558 *
6559 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH: The driver can disable the
6560 * forwarding of preauth frames over the control port. They are then
6561 * handled as ordinary data frames.
6562 *
6563 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROTECTED_TWT: Driver supports protected TWT frames
6564 *
6565 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DEL_IBSS_STA: The driver supports removing stations
6566 * in IBSS mode, essentially by dropping their state.
6567 *
6568 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MULTICAST_REGISTRATIONS: management frame registrations
6569 * are possible for multicast frames and those will be reported properly.
6570 *
6571 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ: This driver supports receiving and
6572 * reporting scan request with %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ. In order to
6573 * report %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ, %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FREQ_KHZ must be
6574 * included in the scan request.
6575 *
6576 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211_TX_STATUS: The driver
6577 * can report tx status for control port over nl80211 tx operations.
6578 *
6579 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OPERATING_CHANNEL_VALIDATION: Driver supports Operating
6580 * Channel Validation (OCV) when using driver's SME for RSNA handshakes.
6581 *
6582 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_AP_PSK: Device wants to do 4-way
6583 * handshake with PSK in AP mode (PSK is passed as part of the start AP
6584 * command).
6585 *
6586 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD_AP: Device wants to do SAE authentication
6587 * in AP mode (SAE password is passed as part of the start AP command).
6588 *
6589 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_DISCOVERY: Driver/device supports FILS discovery
6590 * frames transmission
6591 *
6592 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: Driver/device supports
6593 * unsolicited broadcast probe response transmission
6594 *
6595 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HE: Driver supports beacon rate
6596 * configuration (AP/mesh) with HE rates.
6597 *
6598 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_LTF: Device supports secure LTF measurement
6599 * exchange protocol.
6600 *
6601 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_RTT: Device supports secure RTT measurement
6602 * exchange protocol.
6603 *
6604 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROT_RANGE_NEGO_AND_MEASURE: Device supports management
6605 * frame protection for all management frames exchanged during the
6606 * negotiation and range measurement procedure.
6607 *
6608 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_COLOR: The driver supports BSS color collision
6609 * detection and change announcemnts.
6610 *
6611 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_CRYPTO_OFFLOAD: Driver running in AP mode supports
6612 * FILS encryption and decryption for (Re)Association Request and Response
6613 * frames. Userspace has to share FILS AAD details to the driver by using
6614 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_FILS_AAD.
6615 *
6616 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RADAR_BACKGROUND: Device supports background radar/CAC
6617 * detection.
6618 *
6619 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_POWERED_ADDR_CHANGE: Device can perform a MAC address
6620 * change without having to bring the underlying network device down
6621 * first. For example, in station mode this can be used to vary the
6622 * origin MAC address prior to a connection to a new AP for privacy
6623 * or other reasons. Note that certain driver specific restrictions
6624 * might apply, e.g. no scans in progress, no offchannel operations
6625 * in progress, and no active connections.
6626 *
6627 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PUNCT: Driver supports preamble puncturing in AP mode.
6628 *
6629 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_NAN: Device supports NAN Pairing which enables
6630 * authentication, data encryption and message integrity.
6631 *
6632 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AUTH_AND_DEAUTH_RANDOM_TA: Device supports randomized TA
6633 * in authentication and deauthentication frames sent to unassociated peer
6634 * using @NL80211_CMD_FRAME.
6635 *
6636 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OWE_OFFLOAD: Driver/Device wants to do OWE DH IE
6637 * handling in station mode.
6638 *
6639 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OWE_OFFLOAD_AP: Driver/Device wants to do OWE DH IE
6640 * handling in AP mode.
6641 *
6642 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_CONCURRENT: The device supports peer-to-peer or
6643 * ad hoc operation on DFS channels under the control of a concurrent
6644 * DFS master on the same channel as described in FCC-594280 D01
6645 * (Section B.3). This, for example, allows P2P GO and P2P clients to
6646 * operate on DFS channels as long as there's a concurrent BSS connection.
6647 *
6648 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SPP_AMSDU_SUPPORT: The driver has support for SPP
6649 * (signaling and payload protected) A-MSDUs and this shall be advertised
6650 * in the RSNXE.
6651 *
6652 * @NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES: number of extended features.
6653 * @MAX_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES: highest extended feature index.
6654 */
6655enum nl80211_ext_feature_index {
6656 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS,
6657 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM,
6658 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MU_MIMO_AIR_SNIFFER,
6659 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_START_TIME,
6660 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_PARENT_TSF,
6661 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_SCAN_DWELL,
6662 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY,
6663 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT,
6664 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT,
6665 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_STA,
6666 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA,
6667 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA_CONNECTED,
6668 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI,
6669 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST,
6670 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD,
6671 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK,
6672 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X,
6673 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME,
6674 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP,
6675 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE,
6676 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION,
6677 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MFP_OPTIONAL,
6678 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_SPAN_SCAN,
6679 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_POWER_SCAN,
6680 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_HIGH_ACCURACY_SCAN,
6681 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD,
6682 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211,
6683 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT,
6684 /* we renamed this - stay compatible */
6685 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DATA_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT = NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT,
6686 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_TXQS,
6687 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_SN,
6688 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT,
6689 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CAN_REPLACE_PTK0,
6690 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ENABLE_FTM_RESPONDER,
6691 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AIRTIME_FAIRNESS,
6692 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AP_PMKSA_CACHING,
6693 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_BAND_SPECIFIC_RSSI_THOLD, /* obsolete */
6694 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID,
6695 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_STA_TX_PWR,
6696 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD,
6697 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VLAN_OFFLOAD,
6698 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AQL,
6699 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION,
6700 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH,
6701 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROTECTED_TWT,
6702 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DEL_IBSS_STA,
6703 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MULTICAST_REGISTRATIONS,
6704 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION_CLIENT,
6705 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ,
6706 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211_TX_STATUS,
6707 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OPERATING_CHANNEL_VALIDATION,
6708 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_AP_PSK,
6709 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD_AP,
6710 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_DISCOVERY,
6711 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP,
6712 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HE,
6713 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_LTF,
6714 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_RTT,
6715 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROT_RANGE_NEGO_AND_MEASURE,
6716 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_COLOR,
6717 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_CRYPTO_OFFLOAD,
6718 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RADAR_BACKGROUND,
6719 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_POWERED_ADDR_CHANGE,
6720 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PUNCT,
6721 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_NAN,
6722 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AUTH_AND_DEAUTH_RANDOM_TA,
6723 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OWE_OFFLOAD,
6724 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OWE_OFFLOAD_AP,
6725 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_CONCURRENT,
6726 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SPP_AMSDU_SUPPORT,
6727
6728 /* add new features before the definition below */
6729 NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES,
6730 MAX_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES = NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES - 1
6731};
6732
6733/**
6734 * enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr - optional supported
6735 * protocols for probe-response offloading by the driver/FW.
6736 * To be used with the %NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD attribute.
6737 * Each enum value represents a bit in the bitmap of supported
6738 * protocols. Typically a subset of probe-requests belonging to a
6739 * supported protocol will be excluded from offload and uploaded
6740 * to the host.
6741 *
6742 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS: Support for WPS ver. 1
6743 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2: Support for WPS ver. 2
6744 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P: Support for P2P
6745 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U: Support for 802.11u
6746 */
6747enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr {
6748 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS = 1<<0,
6749 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2 = 1<<1,
6750 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P = 1<<2,
6751 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U = 1<<3,
6752};
6753
6754/**
6755 * enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason - connection request failed reasons
6756 * @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS: Maximum number of clients that can be
6757 * handled by the AP is reached.
6758 * @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT: Connection request is rejected due to ACL.
6759 */
6760enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason {
6761 NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS,
6762 NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT,
6763};
6764
6765/**
6766 * enum nl80211_timeout_reason - timeout reasons
6767 *
6768 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED: Timeout reason unspecified.
6769 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_SCAN: Scan (AP discovery) timed out.
6770 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_AUTH: Authentication timed out.
6771 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_ASSOC: Association timed out.
6772 */
6773enum nl80211_timeout_reason {
6774 NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED,
6775 NL80211_TIMEOUT_SCAN,
6776 NL80211_TIMEOUT_AUTH,
6777 NL80211_TIMEOUT_ASSOC,
6778};
6779
6780/**
6781 * enum nl80211_scan_flags - scan request control flags
6782 *
6783 * Scan request control flags are used to control the handling
6784 * of NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN
6785 * requests.
6786 *
6787 * NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN, NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER, and
6788 * NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY flags are exclusive of each other, i.e., only
6789 * one of them can be used in the request.
6790 *
6791 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY: scan request has low priority
6792 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH: flush cache before scanning
6793 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP: force a scan even if the interface is configured
6794 * as AP and the beaconing has already been configured. This attribute is
6795 * dangerous because will destroy stations performance as a lot of frames
6796 * will be lost while scanning off-channel, therefore it must be used only
6797 * when really needed
6798 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR: use a random MAC address for this scan (or
6799 * for scheduled scan: a different one for every scan iteration). When the
6800 * flag is set, depending on device capabilities the @NL80211_ATTR_MAC and
6801 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK attributes may also be given in which case only
6802 * the masked bits will be preserved from the MAC address and the remainder
6803 * randomised. If the attributes are not given full randomisation (46 bits,
6804 * locally administered 1, multicast 0) is assumed.
6805 * This flag must not be requested when the feature isn't supported, check
6806 * the nl80211 feature flags for the device.
6807 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME: fill the dwell time in the FILS
6808 * request parameters IE in the probe request
6809 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: accept broadcast probe responses
6810 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE: send probe request frames at
6811 * rate of at least 5.5M. In case non-OCE AP is discovered in the channel,
6812 * only the first probe req in the channel will be sent in high rate.
6813 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION: allow probe request
6814 * tx deferral (dot11FILSProbeDelay shall be set to 15ms)
6815 * and suppression (if it has received a broadcast Probe Response frame,
6816 * Beacon frame or FILS Discovery frame from an AP that the STA considers
6817 * a suitable candidate for (re-)association - suitable in terms of
6818 * SSID and/or RSSI.
6819 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN: Span corresponds to the total time taken to
6820 * accomplish the scan. Thus, this flag intends the driver to perform the
6821 * scan request with lesser span/duration. It is specific to the driver
6822 * implementations on how this is accomplished. Scan accuracy may get
6823 * impacted with this flag.
6824 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER: This flag intends the scan attempts to consume
6825 * optimal possible power. Drivers can resort to their specific means to
6826 * optimize the power. Scan accuracy may get impacted with this flag.
6827 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY: Accuracy here intends to the extent of scan
6828 * results obtained. Thus HIGH_ACCURACY scan flag aims to get maximum
6829 * possible scan results. This flag hints the driver to use the best
6830 * possible scan configuration to improve the accuracy in scanning.
6831 * Latency and power use may get impacted with this flag.
6832 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN: randomize the sequence number in probe
6833 * request frames from this scan to avoid correlation/tracking being
6834 * possible.
6835 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT: minimize probe request content to
6836 * only have supported rates and no additional capabilities (unless
6837 * added by userspace explicitly.)
6838 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FREQ_KHZ: report scan results with
6839 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ. This also means
6840 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES will not be included.
6841 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_COLOCATED_6GHZ: scan for collocated APs reported by
6842 * 2.4/5 GHz APs. When the flag is set, the scan logic will use the
6843 * information from the RNR element found in beacons/probe responses
6844 * received on the 2.4/5 GHz channels to actively scan only the 6GHz
6845 * channels on which APs are expected to be found. Note that when not set,
6846 * the scan logic would scan all 6GHz channels, but since transmission of
6847 * probe requests on non-PSC channels is limited, it is highly likely that
6848 * these channels would passively be scanned. Also note that when the flag
6849 * is set, in addition to the colocated APs, PSC channels would also be
6850 * scanned if the user space has asked for it.
6851 */
6852enum nl80211_scan_flags {
6853 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY = 1<<0,
6854 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH = 1<<1,
6855 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP = 1<<2,
6856 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR = 1<<3,
6857 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME = 1<<4,
6858 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP = 1<<5,
6859 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE = 1<<6,
6860 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION = 1<<7,
6861 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN = 1<<8,
6862 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER = 1<<9,
6863 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY = 1<<10,
6864 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN = 1<<11,
6865 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT = 1<<12,
6866 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FREQ_KHZ = 1<<13,
6867 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_COLOCATED_6GHZ = 1<<14,
6868};
6869
6870/**
6871 * enum nl80211_acl_policy - access control policy
6872 *
6873 * Access control policy is applied on a MAC list set by
6874 * %NL80211_CMD_START_AP and %NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL, to
6875 * be used with %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY.
6876 *
6877 * @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED: Deny stations which are
6878 * listed in ACL, i.e. allow all the stations which are not listed
6879 * in ACL to authenticate.
6880 * @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED: Allow the stations which are listed
6881 * in ACL, i.e. deny all the stations which are not listed in ACL.
6882 */
6883enum nl80211_acl_policy {
6884 NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED,
6885 NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED,
6886};
6887
6888/**
6889 * enum nl80211_smps_mode - SMPS mode
6890 *
6891 * Requested SMPS mode (for AP mode)
6892 *
6893 * @NL80211_SMPS_OFF: SMPS off (use all antennas).
6894 * @NL80211_SMPS_STATIC: static SMPS (use a single antenna)
6895 * @NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC: dynamic smps (start with a single antenna and
6896 * turn on other antennas after CTS/RTS).
6897 * @__NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST: internal
6898 * @NL80211_SMPS_MAX: highest used enumeration
6899 */
6900enum nl80211_smps_mode {
6901 NL80211_SMPS_OFF,
6902 NL80211_SMPS_STATIC,
6903 NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC,
6904
6905 __NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST,
6906 NL80211_SMPS_MAX = __NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST - 1
6907};
6908
6909/**
6910 * enum nl80211_radar_event - type of radar event for DFS operation
6911 *
6912 * Type of event to be used with NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT to inform userspace
6913 * about detected radars or success of the channel available check (CAC)
6914 *
6915 * @NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED: A radar pattern has been detected. The channel is
6916 * now unusable.
6917 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED: Channel Availability Check has been finished,
6918 * the channel is now available.
6919 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED: Channel Availability Check has been aborted, no
6920 * change to the channel status.
6921 * @NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED: The Non-Occupancy Period for this channel is
6922 * over, channel becomes usable.
6923 * @NL80211_RADAR_PRE_CAC_EXPIRED: Channel Availability Check done on this
6924 * non-operating channel is expired and no longer valid. New CAC must
6925 * be done on this channel before starting the operation. This is not
6926 * applicable for ETSI dfs domain where pre-CAC is valid for ever.
6927 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_STARTED: Channel Availability Check has been started,
6928 * should be generated by HW if NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD is enabled.
6929 */
6930enum nl80211_radar_event {
6931 NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED,
6932 NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED,
6933 NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED,
6934 NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED,
6935 NL80211_RADAR_PRE_CAC_EXPIRED,
6936 NL80211_RADAR_CAC_STARTED,
6937};
6938
6939/**
6940 * enum nl80211_dfs_state - DFS states for channels
6941 *
6942 * Channel states used by the DFS code.
6943 *
6944 * @NL80211_DFS_USABLE: The channel can be used, but channel availability
6945 * check (CAC) must be performed before using it for AP or IBSS.
6946 * @NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE: A radar has been detected on this channel, it
6947 * is therefore marked as not available.
6948 * @NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE: The channel has been CAC checked and is available.
6949 */
6950enum nl80211_dfs_state {
6951 NL80211_DFS_USABLE,
6952 NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE,
6953 NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE,
6954};
6955
6956/**
6957 * enum nl80211_protocol_features - nl80211 protocol features
6958 * @NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: nl80211 supports splitting
6959 * wiphy dumps (if requested by the application with the attribute
6960 * %NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP. Also supported is filtering the
6961 * wiphy dump by %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX or
6962 * %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV.
6963 */
6964enum nl80211_protocol_features {
6965 NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP = 1 << 0,
6966};
6967
6968/**
6969 * enum nl80211_crit_proto_id - nl80211 critical protocol identifiers
6970 *
6971 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC: protocol unspecified.
6972 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP: BOOTP or DHCPv6 protocol.
6973 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL: EAPOL protocol.
6974 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA: APIPA protocol.
6975 * @NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO: must be kept last.
6976 */
6977enum nl80211_crit_proto_id {
6978 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC,
6979 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP,
6980 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL,
6981 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA,
6982 /* add other protocols before this one */
6983 NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO
6984};
6985
6986/* maximum duration for critical protocol measures */
6987#define NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_MAX_DURATION 5000 /* msec */
6988
6989/**
6990 * enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags - flags for received management frame.
6991 *
6992 * Used by cfg80211_rx_mgmt()
6993 *
6994 * @NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED: frame was answered by device/driver.
6995 * @NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_EXTERNAL_AUTH: Host driver intends to offload
6996 * the authentication. Exclusively defined for host drivers that
6997 * advertises the SME functionality but would like the userspace
6998 * to handle certain authentication algorithms (e.g. SAE).
6999 */
7000enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags {
7001 NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED = 1 << 0,
7002 NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_EXTERNAL_AUTH = 1 << 1,
7003};
7004
7005/*
7006 * If this flag is unset, the lower 24 bits are an OUI, if set
7007 * a Linux nl80211 vendor ID is used (no such IDs are allocated
7008 * yet, so that's not valid so far)
7009 */
7010#define NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX 0x80000000
7011
7012/**
7013 * struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info - vendor command data
7014 * @vendor_id: If the %NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX flag is clear, then the
7015 * value is a 24-bit OUI; if it is set then a separately allocated ID
7016 * may be used, but no such IDs are allocated yet. New IDs should be
7017 * added to this file when needed.
7018 * @subcmd: sub-command ID for the command
7019 */
7020struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info {
7021 __u32 vendor_id;
7022 __u32 subcmd;
7023};
7024
7025/**
7026 * enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability - TDLS peer flags.
7027 *
7028 * Used by tdls_mgmt() to determine which conditional elements need
7029 * to be added to TDLS Setup frames.
7030 *
7031 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT: TDLS peer is HT capable.
7032 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT: TDLS peer is VHT capable.
7033 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM: TDLS peer is WMM capable.
7034 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HE: TDLS peer is HE capable.
7035 */
7036enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability {
7037 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT = 1<<0,
7038 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT = 1<<1,
7039 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM = 1<<2,
7040 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HE = 1<<3,
7041};
7042
7043/**
7044 * enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan - scanning plan for scheduled scan
7045 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
7046 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL: interval between scan iterations. In
7047 * seconds (u32).
7048 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS: number of scan iterations in this
7049 * scan plan (u32). The last scan plan must not specify this attribute
7050 * because it will run infinitely. A value of zero is invalid as it will
7051 * make the scan plan meaningless.
7052 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_MAX: highest scheduled scan plan attribute number
7053 * currently defined
7054 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST: internal use
7055 */
7056enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan {
7057 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INVALID,
7058 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL,
7059 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS,
7060
7061 /* keep last */
7062 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST,
7063 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_MAX =
7064 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST - 1
7065};
7066
7067/**
7068 * struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust - RSSI adjustment parameters.
7069 *
7070 * @band: band of BSS that must match for RSSI value adjustment. The value
7071 * of this field is according to &enum nl80211_band.
7072 * @delta: value used to adjust the RSSI value of matching BSS in dB.
7073 */
7074struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust {
7075 __u8 band;
7076 __s8 delta;
7077} __attribute__((packed));
7078
7079/**
7080 * enum nl80211_bss_select_attr - attributes for bss selection.
7081 *
7082 * @__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_INVALID: reserved.
7083 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI: Flag indicating only RSSI-based BSS selection
7084 * is requested.
7085 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF: attribute indicating BSS
7086 * selection should be done such that the specified band is preferred.
7087 * When there are multiple BSS-es in the preferred band, the driver
7088 * shall use RSSI-based BSS selection as a second step. The value of
7089 * this attribute is according to &enum nl80211_band (u32).
7090 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for
7091 * BSS-es in the specified band is to be adjusted before doing
7092 * RSSI-based BSS selection. The attribute value is a packed structure
7093 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust.
7094 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_MAX: highest bss select attribute number.
7095 * @__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use.
7096 *
7097 * One and only one of these attributes are found within %NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT
7098 * for %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. It specifies the required BSS selection behaviour
7099 * which the driver shall use.
7100 */
7101enum nl80211_bss_select_attr {
7102 __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_INVALID,
7103 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI,
7104 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF,
7105 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST,
7106
7107 /* keep last */
7108 __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
7109 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
7110};
7111
7112/**
7113 * enum nl80211_nan_function_type - NAN function type
7114 *
7115 * Defines the function type of a NAN function
7116 *
7117 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH: function is publish
7118 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE: function is subscribe
7119 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP: function is follow-up
7120 * @__NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST: internal use
7121 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_MAX_TYPE: internal use
7122 */
7123enum nl80211_nan_function_type {
7124 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH,
7125 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE,
7126 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP,
7127
7128 /* keep last */
7129 __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST,
7130 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_MAX_TYPE = __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST - 1,
7131};
7132
7133/**
7134 * enum nl80211_nan_publish_type - NAN publish tx type
7135 *
7136 * Defines how to send publish Service Discovery Frames
7137 *
7138 * @NL80211_NAN_SOLICITED_PUBLISH: publish function is solicited
7139 * @NL80211_NAN_UNSOLICITED_PUBLISH: publish function is unsolicited
7140 */
7141enum nl80211_nan_publish_type {
7142 NL80211_NAN_SOLICITED_PUBLISH = 1 << 0,
7143 NL80211_NAN_UNSOLICITED_PUBLISH = 1 << 1,
7144};
7145
7146/**
7147 * enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason - NAN functions termination reason
7148 *
7149 * Defines termination reasons of a NAN function
7150 *
7151 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST: requested by user
7152 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_TTL_EXPIRED: timeout
7153 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_ERROR: errored
7154 */
7155enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason {
7156 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST,
7157 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_TTL_EXPIRED,
7158 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_ERROR,
7159};
7160
7161#define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID_LEN 6
7162#define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_SPEC_INFO_MAX_LEN 0xff
7163#define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF_MAX_LEN 0xff
7164
7165/**
7166 * enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes - NAN function attributes
7167 * @__NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INVALID: invalid
7168 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE: &enum nl80211_nan_function_type (u8).
7169 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID: 6 bytes of the service ID hash as
7170 * specified in NAN spec. This is a binary attribute.
7171 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_TYPE: relevant if the function's type is
7172 * publish. Defines the transmission type for the publish Service Discovery
7173 * Frame, see &enum nl80211_nan_publish_type. Its type is u8.
7174 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_BCAST: relevant if the function is a solicited
7175 * publish. Should the solicited publish Service Discovery Frame be sent to
7176 * the NAN Broadcast address. This is a flag.
7177 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE_ACTIVE: relevant if the function's type is
7178 * subscribe. Is the subscribe active. This is a flag.
7179 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_ID: relevant if the function's type is follow up.
7180 * The instance ID for the follow up Service Discovery Frame. This is u8.
7181 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_REQ_ID: relevant if the function's type
7182 * is follow up. This is a u8.
7183 * The requester instance ID for the follow up Service Discovery Frame.
7184 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_DEST: the MAC address of the recipient of the
7185 * follow up Service Discovery Frame. This is a binary attribute.
7186 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_CLOSE_RANGE: is this function limited for devices in a
7187 * close range. The range itself (RSSI) is defined by the device.
7188 * This is a flag.
7189 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TTL: strictly positive number of DWs this function should
7190 * stay active. If not present infinite TTL is assumed. This is a u32.
7191 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_INFO: array of bytes describing the service
7192 * specific info. This is a binary attribute.
7193 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF: Service Receive Filter. This is a nested attribute.
7194 * See &enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes.
7195 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_RX_MATCH_FILTER: Receive Matching filter. This is a nested
7196 * attribute. It is a list of binary values.
7197 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TX_MATCH_FILTER: Transmit Matching filter. This is a
7198 * nested attribute. It is a list of binary values.
7199 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INSTANCE_ID: The instance ID of the function.
7200 * Its type is u8 and it cannot be 0.
7201 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON: NAN function termination reason.
7202 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason.
7203 *
7204 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR: internal
7205 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN function attribute
7206 */
7207enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes {
7208 __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INVALID,
7209 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE,
7210 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID,
7211 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_TYPE,
7212 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_BCAST,
7213 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE_ACTIVE,
7214 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_ID,
7215 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_REQ_ID,
7216 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_DEST,
7217 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_CLOSE_RANGE,
7218 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TTL,
7219 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_INFO,
7220 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF,
7221 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_RX_MATCH_FILTER,
7222 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TX_MATCH_FILTER,
7223 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INSTANCE_ID,
7224 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON,
7225
7226 /* keep last */
7227 NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR,
7228 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR - 1
7229};
7230
7231/**
7232 * enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes - NAN Service Response filter attributes
7233 * @__NL80211_NAN_SRF_INVALID: invalid
7234 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_INCLUDE: present if the include bit of the SRF set.
7235 * This is a flag.
7236 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF: Bloom Filter. Present if and only if
7237 * %NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS isn't present. This attribute is binary.
7238 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF_IDX: index of the Bloom Filter. Mandatory if
7239 * %NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF is present. This is a u8.
7240 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS: list of MAC addresses for the SRF. Present if
7241 * and only if %NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF isn't present. This is a nested
7242 * attribute. Each nested attribute is a MAC address.
7243 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR: internal
7244 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN SRF attribute
7245 */
7246enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes {
7247 __NL80211_NAN_SRF_INVALID,
7248 NL80211_NAN_SRF_INCLUDE,
7249 NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF,
7250 NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF_IDX,
7251 NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS,
7252
7253 /* keep last */
7254 NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR,
7255 NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR - 1,
7256};
7257
7258/**
7259 * enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes - NAN match attributes
7260 * @__NL80211_NAN_MATCH_INVALID: invalid
7261 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_LOCAL: the local function that had the
7262 * match. This is a nested attribute.
7263 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes.
7264 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_PEER: the peer function
7265 * that caused the match. This is a nested attribute.
7266 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes.
7267 *
7268 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR: internal
7269 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN match attribute
7270 */
7271enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes {
7272 __NL80211_NAN_MATCH_INVALID,
7273 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_LOCAL,
7274 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_PEER,
7275
7276 /* keep last */
7277 NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR,
7278 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR - 1
7279};
7280
7281/**
7282 * enum nl80211_external_auth_action - Action to perform with external
7283 * authentication request. Used by NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION.
7284 * @NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_START: Start the authentication.
7285 * @NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ABORT: Abort the ongoing authentication.
7286 */
7287enum nl80211_external_auth_action {
7288 NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_START,
7289 NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ABORT,
7290};
7291
7292/**
7293 * enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attributes - fine timing measurement
7294 * responder attributes
7295 * @__NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
7296 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_ENABLED: FTM responder is enabled
7297 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI: The content of Measurement Report Element
7298 * (9.4.2.22 in 802.11-2016) with type 8 - LCI (9.4.2.22.10),
7299 * i.e. starting with the measurement token
7300 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC: The content of Measurement Report Element
7301 * (9.4.2.22 in 802.11-2016) with type 11 - Civic (Section 9.4.2.22.13),
7302 * i.e. starting with the measurement token
7303 * @__NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST: Internal
7304 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest FTM responder attribute.
7305 */
7306enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attributes {
7307 __NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID,
7308
7309 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_ENABLED,
7310 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI,
7311 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC,
7312
7313 /* keep last */
7314 __NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST,
7315 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST - 1,
7316};
7317
7318/*
7319 * enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats - FTM responder statistics
7320 *
7321 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS
7322 * when getting FTM responder statistics.
7323 *
7324 * @__NL80211_FTM_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
7325 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_SUCCESS_NUM: number of FTM sessions in which all frames
7326 * were ssfully answered (u32)
7327 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_PARTIAL_NUM: number of FTM sessions in which part of the
7328 * frames were successfully answered (u32)
7329 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_FAILED_NUM: number of failed FTM sessions (u32)
7330 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_ASAP_NUM: number of ASAP sessions (u32)
7331 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_NON_ASAP_NUM: number of non-ASAP sessions (u32)
7332 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_TOTAL_DURATION_MSEC: total sessions durations - gives an
7333 * indication of how much time the responder was busy (u64, msec)
7334 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_UNKNOWN_TRIGGERS_NUM: number of unknown FTM triggers -
7335 * triggers from initiators that didn't finish successfully the negotiation
7336 * phase with the responder (u32)
7337 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_RESCHEDULE_REQUESTS_NUM: number of FTM reschedule requests
7338 * - initiator asks for a new scheduling although it already has scheduled
7339 * FTM slot (u32)
7340 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_OUT_OF_WINDOW_TRIGGERS_NUM: number of FTM triggers out of
7341 * scheduled window (u32)
7342 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_PAD: used for padding, ignore
7343 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal
7344 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_MAX: highest possible FTM responder stats attribute
7345 */
7346enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats {
7347 __NL80211_FTM_STATS_INVALID,
7348 NL80211_FTM_STATS_SUCCESS_NUM,
7349 NL80211_FTM_STATS_PARTIAL_NUM,
7350 NL80211_FTM_STATS_FAILED_NUM,
7351 NL80211_FTM_STATS_ASAP_NUM,
7352 NL80211_FTM_STATS_NON_ASAP_NUM,
7353 NL80211_FTM_STATS_TOTAL_DURATION_MSEC,
7354 NL80211_FTM_STATS_UNKNOWN_TRIGGERS_NUM,
7355 NL80211_FTM_STATS_RESCHEDULE_REQUESTS_NUM,
7356 NL80211_FTM_STATS_OUT_OF_WINDOW_TRIGGERS_NUM,
7357 NL80211_FTM_STATS_PAD,
7358
7359 /* keep last */
7360 __NL80211_FTM_STATS_AFTER_LAST,
7361 NL80211_FTM_STATS_MAX = __NL80211_FTM_STATS_AFTER_LAST - 1
7362};
7363
7364/**
7365 * enum nl80211_preamble - frame preamble types
7366 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_LEGACY: legacy (HR/DSSS, OFDM, ERP PHY) preamble
7367 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_HT: HT preamble
7368 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_VHT: VHT preamble
7369 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_DMG: DMG preamble
7370 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_HE: HE preamble
7371 */
7372enum nl80211_preamble {
7373 NL80211_PREAMBLE_LEGACY,
7374 NL80211_PREAMBLE_HT,
7375 NL80211_PREAMBLE_VHT,
7376 NL80211_PREAMBLE_DMG,
7377 NL80211_PREAMBLE_HE,
7378};
7379
7380/**
7381 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type - peer measurement types
7382 * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_INVALID: invalid/unused, needed as we use
7383 * these numbers also for attributes
7384 *
7385 * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_FTM: flight time measurement
7386 *
7387 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES: internal
7388 * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_MAX: highest type number
7389 */
7390enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type {
7391 NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_INVALID,
7392
7393 NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_FTM,
7394
7395 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES,
7396 NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES - 1
7397};
7398
7399/**
7400 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status - peer measurement status
7401 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_SUCCESS: measurement completed successfully
7402 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_REFUSED: measurement was locally refused
7403 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_TIMEOUT: measurement timed out
7404 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE: measurement failed, a type-dependent
7405 * reason may be available in the response data
7406 */
7407enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status {
7408 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_SUCCESS,
7409 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_REFUSED,
7410 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_TIMEOUT,
7411 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE,
7412};
7413
7414/**
7415 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req - peer measurement request attributes
7416 * @__NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
7417 *
7418 * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_DATA: This is a nested attribute with measurement
7419 * type-specific request data inside. The attributes used are from the
7420 * enums named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_req.
7421 * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_GET_AP_TSF: include AP TSF timestamp, if supported
7422 * (flag attribute)
7423 *
7424 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS: internal
7425 * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
7426 */
7427enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req {
7428 __NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_INVALID,
7429
7430 NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_DATA,
7431 NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_GET_AP_TSF,
7432
7433 /* keep last */
7434 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS,
7435 NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS - 1
7436};
7437
7438/**
7439 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp - peer measurement response attributes
7440 * @__NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
7441 *
7442 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_DATA: This is a nested attribute with measurement
7443 * type-specific results inside. The attributes used are from the enums
7444 * named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_resp.
7445 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_STATUS: u32 value with the measurement status
7446 * (using values from &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status.)
7447 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_HOST_TIME: host time (%CLOCK_BOOTTIME) when the
7448 * result was measured; this value is not expected to be accurate to
7449 * more than 20ms. (u64, nanoseconds)
7450 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_AP_TSF: TSF of the AP that the interface
7451 * doing the measurement is connected to when the result was measured.
7452 * This shall be accurately reported if supported and requested
7453 * (u64, usec)
7454 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_FINAL: If results are sent to the host partially
7455 * (*e.g. with FTM per-burst data) this flag will be cleared on all but
7456 * the last result; if all results are combined it's set on the single
7457 * result.
7458 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_PAD: padding for 64-bit attributes, ignore
7459 *
7460 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS: internal
7461 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
7462 */
7463enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp {
7464 __NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_INVALID,
7465
7466 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_DATA,
7467 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_STATUS,
7468 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_HOST_TIME,
7469 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_AP_TSF,
7470 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_FINAL,
7471 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_PAD,
7472
7473 /* keep last */
7474 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS,
7475 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS - 1
7476};
7477
7478/**
7479 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs - peer attributes for measurement
7480 * @__NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
7481 *
7482 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_ADDR: peer's MAC address
7483 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_CHAN: channel definition, nested, using top-level
7484 * attributes like %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ etc.
7485 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_REQ: This is a nested attribute indexed by
7486 * measurement type, with attributes from the
7487 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req inside.
7488 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_RESP: This is a nested attribute indexed by
7489 * measurement type, with attributes from the
7490 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp inside.
7491 *
7492 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS: internal
7493 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
7494 */
7495enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs {
7496 __NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_INVALID,
7497
7498 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_ADDR,
7499 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_CHAN,
7500 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_REQ,
7501 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_RESP,
7502
7503 /* keep last */
7504 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS,
7505 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS - 1,
7506};
7507
7508/**
7509 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs - peer measurement attributes
7510 * @__NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
7511 *
7512 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX_PEERS: u32 attribute used for capability
7513 * advertisement only, indicates the maximum number of peers
7514 * measurements can be done with in a single request
7515 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_REPORT_AP_TSF: flag attribute in capability
7516 * indicating that the connected AP's TSF can be reported in
7517 * measurement results
7518 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_RANDOMIZE_MAC_ADDR: flag attribute in capability
7519 * indicating that MAC address randomization is supported.
7520 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_TYPE_CAPA: capabilities reported by the device,
7521 * this contains a nesting indexed by measurement type, and
7522 * type-specific capabilities inside, which are from the enums
7523 * named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_capa.
7524 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_PEERS: nested attribute, the nesting index is
7525 * meaningless, just a list of peers to measure with, with the
7526 * sub-attributes taken from
7527 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs.
7528 *
7529 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR: internal
7530 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
7531 */
7532enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs {
7533 __NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_INVALID,
7534
7535 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX_PEERS,
7536 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_REPORT_AP_TSF,
7537 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_RANDOMIZE_MAC_ADDR,
7538 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_TYPE_CAPA,
7539 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_PEERS,
7540
7541 /* keep last */
7542 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR,
7543 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR - 1
7544};
7545
7546/**
7547 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_capa - FTM capabilities
7548 * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
7549 *
7550 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_ASAP: flag attribute indicating ASAP mode
7551 * is supported
7552 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_ASAP: flag attribute indicating non-ASAP
7553 * mode is supported
7554 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_LCI: flag attribute indicating if LCI
7555 * data can be requested during the measurement
7556 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_CIVICLOC: flag attribute indicating if civic
7557 * location data can be requested during the measurement
7558 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_PREAMBLES: u32 bitmap attribute of bits
7559 * from &enum nl80211_preamble.
7560 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_BANDWIDTHS: bitmap of values from
7561 * &enum nl80211_chan_width indicating the supported channel
7562 * bandwidths for FTM. Note that a higher channel bandwidth may be
7563 * configured to allow for other measurements types with different
7564 * bandwidth requirement in the same measurement.
7565 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_BURSTS_EXPONENT: u32 attribute indicating
7566 * the maximum bursts exponent that can be used (if not present anything
7567 * is valid)
7568 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_FTMS_PER_BURST: u32 attribute indicating
7569 * the maximum FTMs per burst (if not present anything is valid)
7570 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED: flag attribute indicating if
7571 * trigger based ranging measurement is supported
7572 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED: flag attribute indicating
7573 * if non-trigger-based ranging measurement is supported
7574 *
7575 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR: internal
7576 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
7577 */
7578enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_capa {
7579 __NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_INVALID,
7580
7581 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_ASAP,
7582 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_ASAP,
7583 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_LCI,
7584 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_CIVICLOC,
7585 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_PREAMBLES,
7586 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_BANDWIDTHS,
7587 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_BURSTS_EXPONENT,
7588 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_FTMS_PER_BURST,
7589 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED,
7590 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED,
7591
7592 /* keep last */
7593 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR,
7594 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR - 1
7595};
7596
7597/**
7598 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_req - FTM request attributes
7599 * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
7600 *
7601 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_ASAP: ASAP mode requested (flag)
7602 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_PREAMBLE: preamble type (see
7603 * &enum nl80211_preamble), optional for DMG (u32)
7604 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP: number of bursts exponent as in
7605 * 802.11-2016 9.4.2.168 "Fine Timing Measurement Parameters element"
7606 * (u8, 0-15, optional with default 15 i.e. "no preference")
7607 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_PERIOD: interval between bursts in units
7608 * of 100ms (u16, optional with default 0)
7609 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_DURATION: burst duration, as in 802.11-2016
7610 * Table 9-257 "Burst Duration field encoding" (u8, 0-15, optional with
7611 * default 15 i.e. "no preference")
7612 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST: number of successful FTM frames
7613 * requested per burst
7614 * (u8, 0-31, optional with default 0 i.e. "no preference")
7615 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_RETRIES: number of FTMR frame retries
7616 * (u8, default 3)
7617 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_LCI: request LCI data (flag)
7618 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_CIVICLOC: request civic location data
7619 * (flag)
7620 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED: request trigger based ranging
7621 * measurement (flag).
7622 * This attribute and %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED are
7623 * mutually exclusive.
7624 * if neither %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED nor
7625 * %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED is set, EDCA based
7626 * ranging will be used.
7627 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED: request non-trigger-based
7628 * ranging measurement (flag)
7629 * This attribute and %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED are
7630 * mutually exclusive.
7631 * if neither %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED nor
7632 * %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED is set, EDCA based
7633 * ranging will be used.
7634 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_LMR_FEEDBACK: negotiate for LMR feedback. Only
7635 * valid if either %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED or
7636 * %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED is set.
7637 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BSS_COLOR: optional. The BSS color of the
7638 * responder. Only valid if %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED
7639 * or %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED is set.
7640 *
7641 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR: internal
7642 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
7643 */
7644enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_req {
7645 __NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_INVALID,
7646
7647 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_ASAP,
7648 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_PREAMBLE,
7649 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP,
7650 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_PERIOD,
7651 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_DURATION,
7652 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST,
7653 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_RETRIES,
7654 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_LCI,
7655 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_CIVICLOC,
7656 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED,
7657 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED,
7658 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_LMR_FEEDBACK,
7659 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BSS_COLOR,
7660
7661 /* keep last */
7662 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR,
7663 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR - 1
7664};
7665
7666/**
7667 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons - FTM failure reasons
7668 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_UNSPECIFIED: unspecified failure, not used
7669 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_NO_RESPONSE: no response from the FTM responder
7670 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_REJECTED: FTM responder rejected measurement
7671 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_WRONG_CHANNEL: we already know the peer is
7672 * on a different channel, so can't measure (if we didn't know, we'd
7673 * try and get no response)
7674 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_NOT_CAPABLE: peer can't actually do FTM
7675 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_INVALID_TIMESTAMP: invalid T1/T4 timestamps
7676 * received
7677 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY: peer reports busy, you may retry
7678 * later (see %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME)
7679 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_BAD_CHANGED_PARAMS: parameters were changed
7680 * by the peer and are no longer supported
7681 */
7682enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons {
7683 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_UNSPECIFIED,
7684 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_NO_RESPONSE,
7685 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_REJECTED,
7686 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_WRONG_CHANNEL,
7687 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_NOT_CAPABLE,
7688 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_INVALID_TIMESTAMP,
7689 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY,
7690 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_BAD_CHANGED_PARAMS,
7691};
7692
7693/**
7694 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_resp - FTM response attributes
7695 * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
7696 *
7697 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FAIL_REASON: FTM-specific failure reason
7698 * (u32, optional)
7699 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_INDEX: optional, if bursts are reported
7700 * as separate results then it will be the burst index 0...(N-1) and
7701 * the top level will indicate partial results (u32)
7702 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_ATTEMPTS: number of FTM Request frames
7703 * transmitted (u32, optional)
7704 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_SUCCESSES: number of FTM Request frames
7705 * that were acknowledged (u32, optional)
7706 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME: retry time received from the
7707 * busy peer (u32, seconds)
7708 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP: actual number of bursts exponent
7709 * used by the responder (similar to request, u8)
7710 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_DURATION: actual burst duration used by
7711 * the responder (similar to request, u8)
7712 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST: actual FTMs per burst used
7713 * by the responder (similar to request, u8)
7714 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_AVG: average RSSI across all FTM action
7715 * frames (optional, s32, 1/2 dBm)
7716 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_SPREAD: RSSI spread across all FTM action
7717 * frames (optional, s32, 1/2 dBm)
7718 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_TX_RATE: bitrate we used for the response to the
7719 * FTM action frame (optional, nested, using &enum nl80211_rate_info
7720 * attributes)
7721 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RX_RATE: bitrate the responder used for the FTM
7722 * action frame (optional, nested, using &enum nl80211_rate_info attrs)
7723 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_AVG: average RTT (s64, picoseconds, optional
7724 * but one of RTT/DIST must be present)
7725 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_VARIANCE: RTT variance (u64, ps^2, note that
7726 * standard deviation is the square root of variance, optional)
7727 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_SPREAD: RTT spread (u64, picoseconds,
7728 * optional)
7729 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_AVG: average distance (s64, mm, optional
7730 * but one of RTT/DIST must be present)
7731 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_VARIANCE: distance variance (u64, mm^2, note
7732 * that standard deviation is the square root of variance, optional)
7733 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_SPREAD: distance spread (u64, mm, optional)
7734 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI: LCI data from peer (binary, optional);
7735 * this is the contents of the Measurement Report Element (802.11-2016
7736 * 9.4.2.22.1) starting with the Measurement Token, with Measurement
7737 * Type 8.
7738 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC: civic location data from peer
7739 * (binary, optional);
7740 * this is the contents of the Measurement Report Element (802.11-2016
7741 * 9.4.2.22.1) starting with the Measurement Token, with Measurement
7742 * Type 11.
7743 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_PAD: ignore, for u64/s64 padding only
7744 *
7745 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR: internal
7746 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
7747 */
7748enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_resp {
7749 __NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID,
7750
7751 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FAIL_REASON,
7752 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_INDEX,
7753 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_ATTEMPTS,
7754 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_SUCCESSES,
7755 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME,
7756 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP,
7757 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_DURATION,
7758 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST,
7759 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_AVG,
7760 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_SPREAD,
7761 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_TX_RATE,
7762 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RX_RATE,
7763 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_AVG,
7764 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_VARIANCE,
7765 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_SPREAD,
7766 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_AVG,
7767 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_VARIANCE,
7768 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_SPREAD,
7769 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI,
7770 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC,
7771 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_PAD,
7772
7773 /* keep last */
7774 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR,
7775 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR - 1
7776};
7777
7778/**
7779 * enum nl80211_obss_pd_attributes - OBSS packet detection attributes
7780 * @__NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
7781 *
7782 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MIN_OFFSET: the OBSS PD minimum tx power offset.
7783 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX_OFFSET: the OBSS PD maximum tx power offset.
7784 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_NON_SRG_MAX_OFFSET: the non-SRG OBSS PD maximum
7785 * tx power offset.
7786 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_BSS_COLOR_BITMAP: bitmap that indicates the BSS color
7787 * values used by members of the SRG.
7788 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_PARTIAL_BSSID_BITMAP: bitmap that indicates the partial
7789 * BSSID values used by members of the SRG.
7790 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_SR_CTRL: The SR Control field of SRP element.
7791 *
7792 * @__NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_LAST: Internal
7793 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX: highest OBSS PD attribute.
7794 */
7795enum nl80211_obss_pd_attributes {
7796 __NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_INVALID,
7797
7798 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MIN_OFFSET,
7799 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX_OFFSET,
7800 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_NON_SRG_MAX_OFFSET,
7801 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_BSS_COLOR_BITMAP,
7802 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_PARTIAL_BSSID_BITMAP,
7803 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_SR_CTRL,
7804
7805 /* keep last */
7806 __NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_LAST,
7807 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_LAST - 1,
7808};
7809
7810/**
7811 * enum nl80211_bss_color_attributes - BSS Color attributes
7812 * @__NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
7813 *
7814 * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_COLOR: the current BSS Color.
7815 * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_DISABLED: is BSS coloring disabled.
7816 * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_PARTIAL: the AID equation to be used..
7817 *
7818 * @__NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_LAST: Internal
7819 * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_MAX: highest BSS Color attribute.
7820 */
7821enum nl80211_bss_color_attributes {
7822 __NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_INVALID,
7823
7824 NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_COLOR,
7825 NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_DISABLED,
7826 NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_PARTIAL,
7827
7828 /* keep last */
7829 __NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_LAST,
7830 NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_LAST - 1,
7831};
7832
7833/**
7834 * enum nl80211_iftype_akm_attributes - interface type AKM attributes
7835 * @__NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
7836 *
7837 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing a flag
7838 * attribute for each interface type that supports AKM suites specified in
7839 * %NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_SUITES
7840 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_SUITES: an array of u32. Used to indicate supported
7841 * AKM suites for the specified interface types.
7842 *
7843 * @__NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_LAST: Internal
7844 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_MAX: highest interface type AKM attribute.
7845 */
7846enum nl80211_iftype_akm_attributes {
7847 __NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_INVALID,
7848
7849 NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_IFTYPES,
7850 NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_SUITES,
7851
7852 /* keep last */
7853 __NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_LAST,
7854 NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_LAST - 1,
7855};
7856
7857/**
7858 * enum nl80211_fils_discovery_attributes - FILS discovery configuration
7859 * from IEEE Std 802.11ai-2016, Annex C.3 MIB detail.
7860 *
7861 * @__NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
7862 *
7863 * @NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INT_MIN: Minimum packet interval (u32, TU).
7864 * Allowed range: 0..10000 (TU = Time Unit)
7865 * @NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INT_MAX: Maximum packet interval (u32, TU).
7866 * Allowed range: 0..10000 (TU = Time Unit). If set to 0, the feature is disabled.
7867 * @NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_TMPL: Template data for FILS discovery action
7868 * frame including the headers.
7869 *
7870 * @__NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_LAST: Internal
7871 * @NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute
7872 */
7873enum nl80211_fils_discovery_attributes {
7874 __NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INVALID,
7875
7876 NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INT_MIN,
7877 NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INT_MAX,
7878 NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_TMPL,
7879
7880 /* keep last */
7881 __NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_LAST,
7882 NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_LAST - 1
7883};
7884
7885/*
7886 * FILS discovery template minimum length with action frame headers and
7887 * mandatory fields.
7888 */
7889#define NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_TMPL_MIN_LEN 42
7890
7891/**
7892 * enum nl80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp_attributes - Unsolicited broadcast probe
7893 * response configuration. Applicable only in 6GHz.
7894 *
7895 * @__NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
7896 *
7897 * @NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_INT: Maximum packet interval (u32, TU).
7898 * Allowed range: 0..20 (TU = Time Unit). IEEE P802.11ax/D6.0
7899 * 26.17.2.3.2 (AP behavior for fast passive scanning). If set to 0, the feature is
7900 * disabled.
7901 * @NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_TMPL: Unsolicited broadcast probe response
7902 * frame template (binary).
7903 *
7904 * @__NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_LAST: Internal
7905 * @NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute
7906 */
7907enum nl80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp_attributes {
7908 __NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_INVALID,
7909
7910 NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_INT,
7911 NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_TMPL,
7912
7913 /* keep last */
7914 __NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_LAST,
7915 NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_MAX =
7916 __NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_LAST - 1
7917};
7918
7919/**
7920 * enum nl80211_sae_pwe_mechanism - The mechanism(s) allowed for SAE PWE
7921 * derivation. Applicable only when WPA3-Personal SAE authentication is
7922 * used.
7923 *
7924 * @NL80211_SAE_PWE_UNSPECIFIED: not specified, used internally to indicate that
7925 * attribute is not present from userspace.
7926 * @NL80211_SAE_PWE_HUNT_AND_PECK: hunting-and-pecking loop only
7927 * @NL80211_SAE_PWE_HASH_TO_ELEMENT: hash-to-element only
7928 * @NL80211_SAE_PWE_BOTH: both hunting-and-pecking loop and hash-to-element
7929 * can be used.
7930 */
7931enum nl80211_sae_pwe_mechanism {
7932 NL80211_SAE_PWE_UNSPECIFIED,
7933 NL80211_SAE_PWE_HUNT_AND_PECK,
7934 NL80211_SAE_PWE_HASH_TO_ELEMENT,
7935 NL80211_SAE_PWE_BOTH,
7936};
7937
7938/**
7939 * enum nl80211_sar_type - type of SAR specs
7940 *
7941 * @NL80211_SAR_TYPE_POWER: power limitation specified in 0.25dBm unit
7942 *
7943 * @NUM_NL80211_SAR_TYPE: internal
7944 */
7945enum nl80211_sar_type {
7946 NL80211_SAR_TYPE_POWER,
7947
7948 /* add new type here */
7949
7950 /* Keep last */
7951 NUM_NL80211_SAR_TYPE,
7952};
7953
7954/**
7955 * enum nl80211_sar_attrs - Attributes for SAR spec
7956 *
7957 * @__NL80211_SAR_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
7958 *
7959 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_TYPE: the SAR type as defined in &enum nl80211_sar_type.
7960 *
7961 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS: Nested array of SAR power
7962 * limit specifications. Each specification contains a set
7963 * of %nl80211_sar_specs_attrs.
7964 *
7965 * For SET operation, it contains array of %NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_POWER
7966 * and %NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_RANGE_INDEX.
7967 *
7968 * For sar_capa dump, it contains array of
7969 * %NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_START_FREQ
7970 * and %NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_END_FREQ.
7971 *
7972 * @__NL80211_SAR_ATTR_LAST: Internal
7973 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_MAX: highest sar attribute
7974 *
7975 * These attributes are used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_SAR_SPEC
7976 */
7977enum nl80211_sar_attrs {
7978 __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_INVALID,
7979
7980 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_TYPE,
7981 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS,
7982
7983 __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_LAST,
7984 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_LAST - 1,
7985};
7986
7987/**
7988 * enum nl80211_sar_specs_attrs - Attributes for SAR power limit specs
7989 *
7990 * @__NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_INVALID: Invalid
7991 *
7992 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_POWER: Required (s32)value to specify the actual
7993 * power limit value in units of 0.25 dBm if type is
7994 * NL80211_SAR_TYPE_POWER. (i.e., a value of 44 represents 11 dBm).
7995 * 0 means userspace doesn't have SAR limitation on this associated range.
7996 *
7997 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_RANGE_INDEX: Required (u32) value to specify the
7998 * index of exported freq range table and the associated power limitation
7999 * is applied to this range.
8000 *
8001 * Userspace isn't required to set all the ranges advertised by WLAN driver,
8002 * and userspace can skip some certain ranges. These skipped ranges don't
8003 * have SAR limitations, and they are same as setting the
8004 * %NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_POWER to any unreasonable high value because any
8005 * value higher than regulatory allowed value just means SAR power
8006 * limitation is removed, but it's required to set at least one range.
8007 * It's not allowed to set duplicated range in one SET operation.
8008 *
8009 * Every SET operation overwrites previous SET operation.
8010 *
8011 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_START_FREQ: Required (u32) value to specify the start
8012 * frequency of this range edge when registering SAR capability to wiphy.
8013 * It's not a channel center frequency. The unit is kHz.
8014 *
8015 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_END_FREQ: Required (u32) value to specify the end
8016 * frequency of this range edge when registering SAR capability to wiphy.
8017 * It's not a channel center frequency. The unit is kHz.
8018 *
8019 * @__NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_LAST: Internal
8020 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_MAX: highest sar specs attribute
8021 */
8022enum nl80211_sar_specs_attrs {
8023 __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_INVALID,
8024
8025 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_POWER,
8026 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_RANGE_INDEX,
8027 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_START_FREQ,
8028 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_END_FREQ,
8029
8030 __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_LAST,
8031 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_MAX = __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_LAST - 1,
8032};
8033
8034/**
8035 * enum nl80211_mbssid_config_attributes - multiple BSSID (MBSSID) and enhanced
8036 * multi-BSSID advertisements (EMA) in AP mode.
8037 * Kernel uses some of these attributes to advertise driver's support for
8038 * MBSSID and EMA.
8039 * Remaining attributes should be used by the userspace to configure the
8040 * features.
8041 *
8042 * @__NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
8043 *
8044 * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX_INTERFACES: Used by the kernel to advertise
8045 * the maximum number of MBSSID interfaces supported by the driver.
8046 * Driver should indicate MBSSID support by setting
8047 * wiphy->mbssid_max_interfaces to a value more than or equal to 2.
8048 *
8049 * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX_EMA_PROFILE_PERIODICITY: Used by the kernel
8050 * to advertise the maximum profile periodicity supported by the driver
8051 * if EMA is enabled. Driver should indicate EMA support to the userspace
8052 * by setting wiphy->ema_max_profile_periodicity to
8053 * a non-zero value.
8054 *
8055 * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_INDEX: Mandatory parameter to pass the index of
8056 * this BSS (u8) in the multiple BSSID set.
8057 * Value must be set to 0 for the transmitting interface and non-zero for
8058 * all non-transmitting interfaces. The userspace will be responsible
8059 * for using unique indices for the interfaces.
8060 * Range: 0 to wiphy->mbssid_max_interfaces-1.
8061 *
8062 * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_IFINDEX: Mandatory parameter for
8063 * a non-transmitted profile which provides the interface index (u32) of
8064 * the transmitted profile. The value must match one of the interface
8065 * indices advertised by the kernel. Optional if the interface being set up
8066 * is the transmitting one, however, if provided then the value must match
8067 * the interface index of the same.
8068 *
8069 * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_EMA: Flag used to enable EMA AP feature.
8070 * Setting this flag is permitted only if the driver advertises EMA support
8071 * by setting wiphy->ema_max_profile_periodicity to non-zero.
8072 *
8073 * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_LINK_ID: Link ID of the transmitted profile.
8074 * This parameter is mandatory when NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_CONFIG attributes
8075 * are sent for a non-transmitted profile and if the transmitted profile
8076 * is part of an MLD. For all other cases this parameter is unnecessary.
8077 *
8078 * @__NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_LAST: Internal
8079 * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute
8080 */
8081enum nl80211_mbssid_config_attributes {
8082 __NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_INVALID,
8083
8084 NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX_INTERFACES,
8085 NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX_EMA_PROFILE_PERIODICITY,
8086 NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_INDEX,
8087 NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_IFINDEX,
8088 NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_EMA,
8089 NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_LINK_ID,
8090
8091 /* keep last */
8092 __NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_LAST,
8093 NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_LAST - 1,
8094};
8095
8096/**
8097 * enum nl80211_ap_settings_flags - AP settings flags
8098 *
8099 * @NL80211_AP_SETTINGS_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: AP supports external
8100 * authentication.
8101 * @NL80211_AP_SETTINGS_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT: Userspace supports SA Query
8102 * procedures offload to driver. If driver advertises
8103 * %NL80211_AP_SME_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD in AP SME features, userspace shall
8104 * ignore SA Query procedures and validations when this flag is set by
8105 * userspace.
8106 */
8107enum nl80211_ap_settings_flags {
8108 NL80211_AP_SETTINGS_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT = 1 << 0,
8109 NL80211_AP_SETTINGS_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT = 1 << 1,
8110};
8111
8112/**
8113 * enum nl80211_wiphy_radio_attrs - wiphy radio attributes
8114 *
8115 * @__NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
8116 *
8117 * @NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_INDEX: Index of this radio (u32)
8118 * @NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE: Frequency range supported by this
8119 * radio. Attribute may be present multiple times.
8120 * @NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATION: Supported interface
8121 * combination for this radio. Attribute may be present multiple times
8122 * and contains attributes defined in &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs.
8123 * @NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_ANTENNA_MASK: bitmask (u32) of antennas
8124 * connected to this radio.
8125 * @NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_RTS_THRESHOLD: RTS threshold (u32) of this radio.
8126 *
8127 * @__NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_LAST: Internal
8128 * @NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_MAX: Highest attribute
8129 */
8130enum nl80211_wiphy_radio_attrs {
8131 __NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_INVALID,
8132
8133 NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_INDEX,
8134 NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE,
8135 NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATION,
8136 NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_ANTENNA_MASK,
8137 NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_RTS_THRESHOLD,
8138
8139 /* keep last */
8140 __NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_LAST,
8141 NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_LAST - 1,
8142};
8143
8144/**
8145 * enum nl80211_wiphy_radio_freq_range - wiphy radio frequency range
8146 *
8147 * @__NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_FREQ_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
8148 *
8149 * @NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_FREQ_ATTR_START: Frequency range start (u32).
8150 * The unit is kHz.
8151 * @NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_FREQ_ATTR_END: Frequency range end (u32).
8152 * The unit is kHz.
8153 *
8154 * @__NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_FREQ_ATTR_LAST: Internal
8155 * @NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_FREQ_ATTR_MAX: Highest attribute
8156 */
8157enum nl80211_wiphy_radio_freq_range {
8158 __NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_FREQ_ATTR_INVALID,
8159
8160 NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_FREQ_ATTR_START,
8161 NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_FREQ_ATTR_END,
8162
8163 __NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_FREQ_ATTR_LAST,
8164 NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_FREQ_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_FREQ_ATTR_LAST - 1,
8165};
8166
8167/**
8168 * enum nl80211_s1g_short_beacon_attrs - S1G short beacon data
8169 *
8170 * @__NL80211_S1G_SHORT_BEACON_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
8171 *
8172 * @NL80211_S1G_SHORT_BEACON_ATTR_HEAD: Short beacon head (binary).
8173 * @NL80211_S1G_SHORT_BEACON_ATTR_TAIL: Short beacon tail (binary).
8174 *
8175 * @__NL80211_S1G_SHORT_BEACON_ATTR_LAST: Internal
8176 * @NL80211_S1G_SHORT_BEACON_ATTR_MAX: Highest attribute
8177 */
8178enum nl80211_s1g_short_beacon_attrs {
8179 __NL80211_S1G_SHORT_BEACON_ATTR_INVALID,
8180
8181 NL80211_S1G_SHORT_BEACON_ATTR_HEAD,
8182 NL80211_S1G_SHORT_BEACON_ATTR_TAIL,
8183
8184 /* keep last */
8185 __NL80211_S1G_SHORT_BEACON_ATTR_LAST,
8186 NL80211_S1G_SHORT_BEACON_ATTR_MAX =
8187 __NL80211_S1G_SHORT_BEACON_ATTR_LAST - 1
8188};
8189
8190#endif /* __LINUX_NL80211_H */